summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2019-01-11 22:30:04 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2019-01-11 22:30:04 +0000
commit08d349abbfdc0c3b5b82fd472d692a1783f439cb (patch)
tree722991f9c6f2e78ed890bb7f7fd5d097b1e24f29 /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex
parent69f4dc372985a82d9d1e813dfb2762422205dcea (diff)
revtex (11jan19)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@49672 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip.dtx2062
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip4-2.dtx4980
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxdocext.dtx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxfront.dtx31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx47
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxutil.dtx46
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-2.dtx (renamed from Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx)395
7 files changed, 5307 insertions, 2293 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 13c711fc823..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2062 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-% aip.dtx: package to change page grid, MVL.
-% Copyright (c) 2008 American Institute of Physics
-% mailto:tex@aip.org
-%
-% Disclaimer
-% This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
-% without even the implied warranty of
-% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-% License
-% You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
-% LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
-% (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
-% ReadMe
-% For the documentation and more detailed instructions for
-% installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
-% Maintenance Status
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
-% Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa.
-%
-% This work consists of the main source file aip.dtx
-% and the derived files
-% aip.rtx, aip.pdf, aip.ins, aip.drv.
-% Distribution:
-% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/aip/
-%
-% Unpacking:
-% tex aip.dtx
-%
-% Documentation:
-% latex aip.dtx; ...
-%
-% Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
-% pdflatex aip.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
-% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
-% pdflatex aip.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
-% pdflatex aip.dtx
-%
-% Installation:
-% TDS:bibtex/bst/aip/
-% TDS:doc/latex/aip/
-% TDS:source/latex/aip/
-% TDS:tex/latex/aip/
-%
-% Thanks, Heiko!
-% This method of letting a single .dtx file serve as both
-% documentation (via latex) and installer (via tex) follows
-% the example of Heiko Oberdiek. Thanks!
-%<*ignore>
-\begingroup
- \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
-\expandafter\endgroup
-\ifcase
- 0\expandafter\ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi\ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi
- \relax
-\else
- \csname fi\endcsname
-%</ignore>
-%<*install>
-%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
-%% from aip.dtx when run through LaTeX or TeX.
-%% This file requires docstrip version 2.4 or higher available from
-%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/docstrip.tex
-\input docstrip
-\preamble
-
-This is a generated file;
-altering it directly is inadvisable;
-instead, modify the original source file.
-See the URL in the file README.
-
-Copyright (c) 2008 American Institute of Physics.
-mailto:tex@aip.org
-
-Maintained by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net)
-under contract to American Institute of Physics.
-
-License
- You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
- LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
- (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
-
- This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
- without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-\endpreamble
-\askforoverwritefalse
-\keepsilent
- \generate{%
- %{ignore}
-% \file{aip.ins}{\from{aip.dtx}{install}}%
-% \file{aip.drv}{\from{aip.dtx}{driver}}%
-% \usedir{tex/latex/aip}%
- \file{aip4-1.rtx}{\from{aip.dtx}{package}}%
- }%
-\ifToplevel{
-\Msg{***********************************************************}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move}
-\Msg{* aip.rtx}
-\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX;}
-\Msg{* in a TDS-compliant installation:}
-\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/aip/.}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
- run aip.dtx through LaTeX.}
-\Msg{*}
-\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
-\Msg{***********************************************************}
-}
-\endbatchfile
-%</install>
-%<*ignore>
-\fi
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-%
-% \GetFileInfo{aip.dtx}\CheckSum{1163}
-%
-% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-%<*package>
-%%% @LaTeX-file{
-%%% filename = "aip.dtx",
-%%% version = "4.1r",
-%%% date = "2010/07/25",
-%%% time = "20:32:00 GMT-8",
-%%% checksum = "1163",
-%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
-%%% commissioned by the American Institute of Physics.
-%%% ",
-%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 2008 American Institute of Physics,
-%%% distributed under the terms of the
-%%% LaTeX Project Public License, see
-%%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
-%%% ",
-%%% address = "AIP Journal Program
-%%% American Institute of Physics,
-%%% Suite 1NO1, 2 Huntington Quadrangle,
-%%% Melville, NY 11747 USA",
-%%% telephone = "",
-%%% FAX = "",
-%%% email = "mailto colon tex at aip.org",
-%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
-%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "aip substyle for REVTeX",
-%%% docstring = "The checksum field above generated by ltxdoc",
-%%% }
-%</package>
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{README} file,
-% which contains basic information about this package.
-% The contents of this file are generated when
-% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{README}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{README}%
-%
-% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
-%
-% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
-% according to provenance.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
-% One single file generates all.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%aip.dtx
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex aip.dtx}}%
-% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
-% generates the readme and the installer.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%README aip.ins
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex aip.dtx}}%
-% Typesetting the installer generates
-% the package files.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%aip.rtx
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Documentation}%
-% The following are the online documentation:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%aip.pdf
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
-% The following are auxiliary files generated
-% in the course of running \LaTeX:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%aip.aux aip.idx aip.ind aip.log aip.toc
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Code common to all modules}%
-%
-% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
-% want to require only one place in this file
-% where the version number is stated,
-% and we also want to ensure that the version
-% number is embedded into every generated file.
-%
-% Now we declare that
-% these files can only be used with \LaTeXe.
-% An appropriate message is displayed if
-% a different \TeX{} format is used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*driver|package>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]%
-%</driver|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% As desired, the following modules all
-% take common version information:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<package>\ProvidesFile{aip4-1.rtx}%
-%<*driver>
-\expandafter\ProvidesFile\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
-%</driver>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The following line contains, for once and for all,
-% the version and date information.
-% By various means, this information is reproduced
-% consistently in all generated files and in the
-% typeset documentation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*driver|package>
-%<version>
- [2010/07/25 4.1r AIP substyle for REVTeX]% \fileversion
-%</driver|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \section{The driver module \texttt{driver}}
-%
-% This module, consisting of the present section,
-% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{README} as required.
-%
-% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
-% this file constitute the \file{driver} module itself,
-% we can simply typeset the \file{.dtx} file directly,
-% and there is thus rarely any need to
-% generate the ``driver'' {\sc docstrip} module.
-% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
-% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
-%
-% The \enve{document} command concludes the typesetting run.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*driver>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Preamble}
-% The programmers documentation is formatted
-% with the \classname{ltxdoc} class with local customizations,
-% and with the usual code line indexing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
-\let\url\undefined
-\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\RequirePackage
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
-\fi
-\gdef\lquote{`}\gdef\rquote{'}%
-\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist aip
-\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
-% We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
-% \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following command retrieves the date and version information
-% from this file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The ``Read Me'' File}
-% As promised above, here is the contents of the
-% ``Read Me'' file. That file serves a double purpose,
-% since it also constitutes the beginining of the
-% programmer's documentation. What better thing, after
-% all, to have appear at the beginning of the
-% typeset documentation?
-%
-% A good discussion of how to write a ReadMe file can be found in
-% Engst, Tonya, ``Writing a ReadMe File? Read This''
-% \emph{MacTech} October 1998, p. 58.
-%
-% Note the appearance of the
-% \cmd\StopEventually\ command, which marks the
-% dividing line between the user documentation
-% and the programmer documentation.
-%
-% The usual user will not be asked to
-% do a full build, not to speak
-% of the bootstrap.
-% Instructions for carrying these processes
-% begin the programmer's manual.
-%
-%\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/06}{Beta candidate b}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{README}
-\title{%
- The \classname{aip} substyle for REV\TeX%
- \protect\thanks{%
- \fileversion\ \copyright 2009 American Institute of Physics
- % For version number and date,
- % search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
- % or see the end of the README file.
- }%
-}%
-
-\author{%
-Arthur Ogawa\thanks{mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal.net}%
-}%
-\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
-\maketitle
-
-This file embodies the implementation of the
-AIP journal substyles for APS's \revtex\ 4.1 document class
-for electronic submissions to AIP journals.
-
-The distribution point for this work is
-\url{http://authors.aip.org/REVTEX}.
-The archive contains ready-to-Install files, documentation, and full source.
-
-This package is also distributed via CTAN:
-\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/aip}, and as a ready-to-install image as
-\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/aip.tds.zip}.
-
-The \classname{aip} package was commissioned by the American Institute of Physics
-and is distributed under the terms of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
-the same license under which all the portions of \LaTeX\ itself is distributed.
-Please see \url{http://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt} for details.
-
-To use this document class, you must have a working
-\TeX\ installation equipped with \LaTeXe\
-and possibly pdftex and Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent.
-
-To install, retrieve the distribution,
-unpack it into a directory on the target computer,
-and move the file \file{aip.rtx}
-into a location in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX.
-
-To use, read the user documentation \file{auguide.pdf}.
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Overview}%
-\revtex\ is a \LaTeXe\ document class, somewhat like a hybrid of
-the standard \LaTeX\ \classname{book} and \classname{article} classes.
-
-This document class implements the AIP society and journal substyles:
-the journals represent a set of mutually exclusive class options that, in this case, allow the
-document class to address multiple journals within the AIP family.
-This society is obtained with class option \classoption{aip}.
-
-\section{Processing Instructions}
-
-The package file \file{aip.rtx}
-is generated from this file, \file{aip.dtx},
-using the {\sc docstrip} facility of \LaTeX
-via |tex aip.dtx|.
-The typeset documentation that you are now reading is generated from
-the same file by typesetting it with \LaTeX\ or pdftex
-via |latex aip.dtx| or |pdflatex aip.dtx|.
-
-\subsection{Build Instructions}
-
-You may bootstrap this suite of files solely from \file{aip.dtx}.
-Prepare by installing \LaTeXe\ (and either tex or pdftex) on your computer,
-then carry out the following steps:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item
-Within an otherwise empty directory,
-typeset \file{aip.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
-you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
-along with
-the installer \file{aip.ins},
-and the file \file{README}.
-
-Note: you will have to run \LaTeX\ twice, then \file{makeindex}, then
-\LaTeX\ again in order to obtain a valid index and table of contents.
-\item
-Now typeset \file{aip.dtx} with \TeX (not \LaTeX),
-thereby generating the package file \file{aip.rtx}.
-\item
-Install \classname{aip.rtx}
-by moving it to a location
-in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX,
-like \file{tex/latex/aip}.
-\item
-Install \classname{aip.pdf}
-by moving it to
-\file{doc/latex/aip}.
-\item
-Using the \file{.dbj} information herein,
-generate the needed \file{.bst} files and install them in
-\file{bibtex/bst/aip}.
-\end{enumerate}
-\end{filecontents*}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{The Document Body}
-%
-% Here is the document body, containing only a
-% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
-% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{document}%
-\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}%
-\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
-% ^^A\PrintChanges
-\end{document}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</driver>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{AIP: A set of journal-specifc extensions to \revtex}
-%
-% To create a journal substyle, you create
-% a \file{.rtx} file, in our case \file{aip.rtx}.
-% Within that file, you override procedures and parameter assignments as you see fit.
-% Ideally they will be generally applicable to all of that society's
-% journals (see the file \file{aps.rtx} for a realization of this scheme).
-% Also within that file, you include a
-% section of code for each journal, that for JMP looks like:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \@ifx{\@journal\journal@jmp}{%
-% <code specific to the JMP>
-% }{}%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{The \classoption{aip} class option: the \texttt{aip} module}
-% The file \file{aip.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
-% if \cmd\@society\ has the value \classoption{aip}.
-%
-% Here, code specific to AIP journals appears.
-%
-% We first give some text entities (amounting to journal abbreviations),
-% then some AIP-specific initialisations,
-% then code for particular AIP journals.
-% In the latter case, the choice is
-% keyed off the macro \cmd\@journal.
-%
-% Note on \cmd\AtEndOfClass:
-% this file, like all journal substyles, is read in at \cmd\AtEndOfClass\ time,
-% so you should not use this command in this file.
-% Note for \LaTeX\ developers: It would be an improvement in \LaTeX\ to
-% \cmd\let\cmd\AtEndOfClass\ to something like \cmd\@firstofone.
-% This change would be effected in \cmd\@onefilewithoptions.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
-% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ifx\undefined\substyle@ext
- \def\@tempa{%
- \endinput
- \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
- }%
- \expandafter\else
- \def\@tempa{}%
- \expandafter\fi\@tempa
- \class@info{RevTeX society AIP selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Substyle Options}%
-%
-% Here are the class options relating to the AIP:
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{jcp}{\change@journal{jcp}}%
-\DeclareOption{pop}{\change@journal{pop}}%
-\DeclareOption{rsi}{\change@journal{rsi}}%
-\DeclareOption{jap}{\change@journal{jap}}%
-\DeclareOption{apl}{\change@journal{apl}}%
-\DeclareOption{cha}{\change@journal{cha}}%
-\DeclareOption{pof}{\change@journal{pof}}%
-\DeclareOption{bmf}{\change@journal{bmf}}%
-\DeclareOption{rse}{\change@journal{rse}}%
-\DeclareOption{jmp}{\change@journal{jmp}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Option allowing for ``numerical author-year'' bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{author-numerical}{%
- \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw
- \@booleantrue\authornum@sw
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Optionally allow article title in bibliography entries.
-% A new switch is defined here: \cmd\aip@jtitx@sw\ signifies that
-% the numbered style bibliography is to be prepared without article titles in @ARTICLE entries.
-% Otherwise, such titles are incorporated if present in the \file{.bib} entry.
-% By default, exclude the article titles.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{article-title}{%
- \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
-}%
-\@booleantrue \aip@jtitx@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Establish default options for this society.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
-\@booleanfalse\authornum@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout@init}
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout@aip}
-% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
-% Procedure \cmd\@bibdataout@aip\ has the job of writing the control record into the
-% job's \cmd\jobname\filename{.bib} file, where it will adjust the options to \filename{.bst} processing.
-% It is installed into the initialization procedure \cmd\@bibdataout@init, and its meaning
-% is set by the society (AIP) and journal.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\@bibdataout@rev{\@bibdataout@aip}%
-\def\@bibdataout@aip{%
- \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- @CONTROL{%
- aip41Control%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \longbibliography@sw{\true@sw}{\aip@jtitx@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}%
- {%
- ,pages="1",title="0"%
- }{%
- ,pages="0",title=""%
- }%
- }%
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{aip41Control}}%
- \fi
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% For AIP, the preprint style \classoption{preprint} is the default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleantrue\preprintsty@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\showPACS@sw}
-% \begin{macro}{\showKEYS@sw}
-% If \cmd\showPACS@sw\ is true, print the PACS information in the title block,
-% otherwise not.
-% Similarly for \cmd\showKEYS@sw\ and the keywords.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleantrue\showPACS@sw
-\@booleantrue\showKEYS@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\refname}
-%
-% In reprint style only, we eliminate the head above the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \preprintsty@sw{}{%
- \let\refname\@empty
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{AIP Setup}%
-% Here we define the default procedures for AIP journals.
-% Individual AIP journals may override these definitions.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Running header and footer}%
-%
-% Page style for all AIP journals.
-% We assert our own page style only if nobody else has done so.
-% Users wishing to customize their documents will be able to invoke a \cmd\pagestyle\
-% command anywhere in the preamble.
-%FIXME: \cmd\preprintsty@sw\ is defined?
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \preprintsty@sw{%
- \ps@preprint
- }{%
- \ps@article
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The spc says: ``Running title must be provided on title page'',
-% and that journal classes 1b and 2 have no running title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ps@preprint{%
- \def\@oddhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
- \def\@evenhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
- \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
- \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \let\sectionmark\@gobble
- \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
-}%
-\def\ps@article{%
- \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle}%
- \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
- \def\@oddfoot{}%
- \def\@evenfoot{}%
- \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
- \let\sectionmark\@gobble
- \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
-}%
-\def\@runningtitle{\@shorttitle}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Title block}%
-%
-% The specifics of the title block.
-% Apply to all AIP journals; individual journals may override these settings.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\titlepage}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
- \let\wastwocol@sw\twocolumn@sw
- \onecolumngrid
- \newpage
- \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
- \c@page\z@% article sets this to one not zero???
-}{%
- \wastwocol@sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@fnsymbol}
-% On the title page, footnotes are lettered with right parenthesis: ``a)''.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\@fnsymbol@latex\@fnsymbol
-\let\@fnsymbol\@alph
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\adjust@abstractwidth}
-% This procedure is used by many titlepage elements to indent on the left by a particular
-% amount. The author list uses \cmd\frontmatter@authorformat\ to accomplish the same.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
- \parindent1em\relax
- \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
- \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@abstractheading}
-% AIP Journals all set the abstract head the same way, with no head.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@abstractfont}
-% All AIP journals set the abstract body the same way.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{%
-%\small
- \adjust@abstractwidth
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% All AIP journal preprints use separate titlepage and full-width abstract.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \preprintsty@sw{%
- \@booleantrue\titlepage@sw
-% \def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{\it}%
- \let\section\section@preprintsty
-% \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@section@preprintsty
- \let\subsection\subsection@preprintsty
- \let\subsubsection\subsubsection@preprintsty
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@authorformat}
-% All AIP journals set the author list the same.
-% The leading is 11.5 points, and
-% there is 11.5 points of extra space above the first author line
-% (which amounts to the same thing as 11.5 points extra below the title)
-% for a total of 23 points base-to-base.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
- \skip@\@flushglue
- \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
- \raggedright
- \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
- \@flushglue\skip@
-}%
-\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
- \frontmatter@@indent
- \sffamily
-%\advance\baselineskip\p@
-%\parskip11.5\p@\relax
-}%
-\renewcommand*\email[1][Electronic mail: ]{\begingroup\sanitize@url\@email{#1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affilgroup}
-% The default amount of space above affiliation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affiliation}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script}
-% The default amount of space above affiliation.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script{%
- \frontmatter@@indent
-%\addvspace{3.5\p@}%
-}%
-\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@affiliationfont}
-% All AIP journals set the affiliation the same.
-% Like the author, but in italic.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{%
- \frontmatter@@indent
- \preprintsty@sw{}{\small}%
- \it
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@collaboration@above}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@collaboration@above{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Set up the default AIP style for title block authors and affiliations.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@setup}
-% All AIP journals set the title page using the same font and size.
-% However, justification varies for the title block elements, so
-% we assert none here.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@setup{%
- \normalfont
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@above}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@format}
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@below}
-% All AIP journals set the article title 12 point Times Roman, bold, flush left.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
-\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
- \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
- \sffamily
- \bfseries
- \raggedright
- \parskip\z@skip
-}%
-\def\frontmatter@title@below{\addvspace{3\p@}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@makefnmark}
-% All AIP journals share this procedure for setting the titlepage footnote text:
-% superior lowercase letter, with right parenthesis.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@author@parskip{3\p@}%
-\@booleantrue\altaffilletter@sw
-\def\frontmatter@makefnmark{%
- \@textsuperscript{%
- \normalfont\@thefnmark%(
- )%
- }%
-}%
-\def\frontmatter@authorbelow{%
- \addvspace{3\p@}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\affil@cutoff}
-% We override \cmd\affil@cutoff\ to enforce the rule that,
-% if a single affiliation appears on the title page, then
-% no affiliation superscript at all is produced.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\affil@cutoff\tw@
-% \end{macrocode}
-% De awa.
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@RRAP@format}
-% All AIP journals use the same format for the ``Received, Revised, etc.'' block on the title page.
-%
-% Change note: 11.5 points b-b from author/affiliation down to date.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
- \addvspace{5\p@}%
- \small
- \raggedright
- \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
- \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
-% \preprintsty@sw{}{\parskip.5ex\relax}%
- \everypar{%
- \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
- }%
- \def\par{%
- \@ifvmode{}{%(
- \unskip)\egroup\@@par
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\def\punct@RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
-\def\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@PACS@format}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@PACS@format{%
- \addvspace{11\p@}%
-% \footnotesize
- \adjust@abstractwidth
- \parskip\z@skip
- \samepage
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@keys@format}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\frontmatter@keys@format{%
-% \footnotesize
- \adjust@abstractwidth
- \samepage
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@titlepage}
-% Title page style. Currently empty except for preprint header,
-% which consists of all the \cmd\preprint\ arguments,
-% stacked flush right at the right margin.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ps@titlepage{%
- \def\@oddhead{%
- \@runningtitle
- \hfill
- \produce@preprints\@preprint
- }%
- \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
- \def\@oddfoot{%
- \hb@xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
- \hfil
- \preprintsty@sw{\thepage}{}%
- \quad\checkindate
- \hfil
- }%
- \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
-}%
-\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex@sw{Typeset by REV\TeX and AIP}{}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\produce@preprints}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\produce@preprints#1{%
- \preprint@sw{%
- \vtop to \z@{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \small
- \let\preprint\preprint@count
- \count@\z@#1\@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
- \hbox{%
- \let\preprint\preprint@hlist
- #1\setbox\z@\lastbox
- }%
- }{%
- \let\preprint\preprint@cr
- \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
- \par
- \vss
- }%
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-\def\preprint@cr#1{#1\cr}%
-\def\preprint@count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
-\def\preprint@hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Lead-in paragraph}%
-%
-% The \env{Lead-in paragraph} environment formats the AIP ``lead paragraph''.
-% To avoid introducing new syntax, we take over the \env{quotation} environment
-% until the first \cmd\section\ (or other sectioning command) appears.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{Lead@inParagraph}{%
- \par
- \bfseries
- \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
-}{%
- \par
- \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\hfil}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% At the beginning of the document temporarily change the meaning of
-% the \env{quotation} environment, restoring it once the first sectioning
-% command is given.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\frontmatter@init{%
- \let@environment{quotation@ltx}{quotation}%
- \let@environment{quotation}{Lead@inParagraph}%
-}%
-\appdef\@startsection@hook{%
- \let@environment{quotation}{quotation@ltx}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Stacked Heads}%
-% All AIP journals put a period (.), followed by quad space, after the section number.
-% Also, no hanging section number.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}%
-\def\@hang@from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Note that in the following, we wish to set the section head uppercase, so we use
-% David Carlisle's \cmd\MakeTextUppercase. However, because this procedure effectively
-% parses its argument (looking for things to \emph{not} translate), it has to be invoked
-% in such a way that the argument of the \cmd\section\ command is passed to it as its
-% own argument.
-%
-% To accomplish this, we use the \cmd\@hangfrom@\ hook, which was developed for this
-% purpose.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section{%
- \@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {\z@}%
- {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {0.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
- \small
- \sffamily
- \bfseries
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-\def\@hangfrom@section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
-\def\@hangfroms@section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% See, e.g., BMF\_044101\_1 (1) or BMF\_044103\_1 (1)
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {2}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
- \small
- \sffamily
- \bfseries
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% See, e.g., BMF\_044104\_1 (1), JMP\_123520\_1 (48),
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsubsection{%
- \@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {3}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
- \small
- \sffamily
- \bfseries
- \itshape
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Runin Heads}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\paragraph{%
- \@startsection
- {paragraph}%
- {4}%
- {\parindent}%
- {\z@}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subparagraph{%
- \@startsection
- {subparagraph}%
- {5}%
- {\parindent}%
- {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {-1em}%
- {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\section@preprintsty}
-% \begin{macro}{\subsection@preprintsty}
-% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection@preprintsty}
-% Here are the formatting procedures specific to the preprint style;
-% the only difference is that the heads are flush left instead of centered.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\section@preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {\z@}%
- {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {0.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
- \bfseries
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-%\def\@hangfrom@section@preprintsty#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsection@preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {2}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
- \bfseries
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\subsubsection@preprintsty{%
- \@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {3}%
- {\z@}%
- {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
- {.5cm}%
- {%
- \normalfont
-% \small
- \itshape\bfseries
- \raggedright
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% For examples of
-% \env{theorem}, \env{proposition}, \env{lemma}, \env{remark}, \env{corollary}, \env{example},
-% and \env{proof} (with optional title),
-% using independent numbering for each class,
-% and with numbered and roman lists therein,
-% see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
-%
-% For theorems, etc, numbered by section, (and with theorems in the appendix)
-% but equations numbered throughout,
-% see JMP\_123301\_1 (48).
-%
-% For a (roman) list in text, theorem, and proof,
-% see JMP\_123514\_1 (48).
-%
-% For numbered list in text,
-% and equations numbered by section,
-% see JMP\_123518\_1 (48).
-%
-% All AIP journals use frontmatter footnotes by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\frontmatter@footnote@produce\frontmatter@footnote@produce@footnote
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Table of Contents}%
-% The toc will itself make an entry in the toc,
-% but we temporarily turn off toc formatting for the duration.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
-\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
-\def\@dotsep{2}
-\def\ltxu@dotsep{4.5pt}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tableofcontents{%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@munge}%
- \print@toc{toc}%
- \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@restore}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocdepth@munge{%
- \let\l@section@saved\l@section
- \let\l@section\@gobble@tw@
-}%
-\def\@gobble@tw@#1#2{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocdepth@restore{%
- \let\l@section\l@section@saved
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
- \begingroup
- \set@tocdim@pagenum{#2}%
-% \@tempdima 3em %
- \parindent \z@
- \rightskip\tocleft@pagenum plus 1fil\relax
- \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
- \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
- \large \bf %
- \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
- \hb@xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\z@}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z@skip
- \par
- \nobreak %
- \endgroup
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\l@section}
-% Determine which TOC elements are automatically indented.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
-\def\tocdim@min{5\p@}%
-\def\l@section{%
- \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l@f@section{%
- \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
- \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
- \bf
-}%
-\def\l@subsection{%
- \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l@subsubsection{%
- \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
-}%
-\def\l@paragraph#1#2{}%
-\def\l@subparagraph#1#2{}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Activate the auto TOC processing.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\toc@pre\toc@pre@auto
-\let\toc@post\toc@post@auto
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoffigures{\print@toc{lof}}%
-\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\listoftables{\print@toc{lot}}%
-\let\l@table\l@figure
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Default column bottom}%
-% All AIP journal styles have flush bottoms.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Table alignment style}%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tableft@skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\tabmid@skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\tabright@skip@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\array@row@pre@float}
-% \begin{macro}{\array@row@pst@float}
-% All AIP publications have the same table specification:
-% Scotch rules above and below, centered in column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tableft@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
-\def\tabmid@skip@float{\@flushglue}%
-\def\tabright@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
-\def\array@row@pre@float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
-\def\array@row@pst@float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Footnote formatting}%
-% We customize the formatting of footnotes for all AIP journals.
-% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@makefntext#1{%
- \def\baselinestretch{1}%
- \leftskip1em%
- \parindent1em%
- \noindent
- \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
- \hb@xt@\leftskip{%
- \hss\@makefnmark\ %
- }%
- #1%
- \par
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Appendix}%
-% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom@appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hangfroms@appendix}
-% \begin{macro}{\@appendixcntformat}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\prepdef\appendix{%
- \par
- \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@appendix
-%\let\@hangfroms@section\@hangfroms@appendix
- \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
-}%
-\def\@hangfrom@appendix#1#2#3{%
- #1%
- \@if@empty{#2}{%
- #3%
- }{%
- #2\@if@empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
- }%
-}%
-\def\@hangfroms@appendix#1#2{%
- #1#2%
-}%
-\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Bibliography}%
-%
-% Customize the \revtex\ for the AIP society.
-% this task requires three components:
-% the \BibTeX\ \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst} style files,
-% customizing code for \file{natbib}, and
-% customizations of the \env{thebibliography} environment.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
-% Define the argument of the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command.
-% The user must have installed a \file{.bst} file of the corresponding name.
-% This file will then be used by \BibTeX\ when compiling the document's \file{.bbl} file.
-%
-% The default bibliography style for the AIP journal substyles are \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst}.
-% To generate them, use \classname{custom-bib} version 4.21 or later.
-% Run the \file{.bst} generator, \file{makebst.tex}, and
-% accept all defaults, with the following exceptions:
-%
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% ORDERING OF REFERENCES: c: seq-no (references in order of Citation);
-% \item
-% AUTHOR NAMES: i: nm-init,ed-au (Initials + surname);
-% \item
-% NUMBER OF AUTHORS: l: max 12, min 12 (there will be three prompts total);
-% \item
-% TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES: u: nmft,nmft-def (User defined author font);
-% \item
-% FONT FOR FIRST NAMES: u: fnm-def (First names in user defined font);
-% \item
-% EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC: a: nmfted (Editors incollection like authors);
-% \item
-% DATE FORMAT: p: yr-par (Date in parentheses);
-% \item
-% SUPPRESS MONTH: x: xmth (Date is year only);
-% \item
-% TITLE OF ARTICLE: i: tit-it (Title italic)
-% \item
-% ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT: x: jtit-x (No article title);
-% \item
-% JOURNAL NAME FONT: r: jttl-rm (Journal title normal);
-% \item
-% TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE: b: trtit-b (Tech. report title like books);
-% \item
-% JOURNAL VOLUME: b: vol-bf (Volume bold);
-% \item
-% VOLUME PUNCTUATION: c: volp-com (Volume with comma);
-% \item
-% PAGE NUMBERS: f: jpg-1 (Only start page number);
-% \item
-% JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION: x: jnm-x (Space after journal);
-% \item
-% PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES: d: pub-date (Publisher and date in parentheses);
-% \item
-% PUBLISHER POSITION: p: pre-pub (Publisher before chapter, pages);
-% \item
-% ISBN NUMBER: isbn: (Include ISBN for books, booklets)
-% \item
-% ISSN NUMBER: issn: (Include ISSN for periodicals)
-% \item
-% EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS: b: edby (Booktitle, edited by \dots);
-% \item
-% PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS): c: blk-com (Comma between blocks);
-% \item
-% ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES': a: pp (`Page' abbreviated);
-% \item
-% ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS': a: ed (`Editor' abbreviated);
-% \item
-% OTHER ABBREVIATIONS: a: abr (Abbreviations);
-% \item
-% ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION': a: ednx (`Edition' abbreviated as `ed');
-% \item
-% EDITION NUMBERS: n: ord (Numerical editions);
-% \item
-% STORED JOURNAL NAMES: a: jabr (Abbreviated journal names);
-% \item
-% FONT OF `ET AL': i: etal-it (Italic et al);
-% \item
-% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: r: revdata, eprint, url, url-blk (Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, numpages, url)
-% \item
-% NEW FONT SELECTION SCHEME: n: nfss (NFSS);
-% \item
-% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: y: revdata (additional data fields);
-% \item
-% REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS: y: reference component tags;
-% \item
-% URL ADDRESS: n: URL as note;
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% A file \file{aipnum.dbj} file equivalent to the following should result:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\input docstrip
-%\preamble
-%----------------------------------------
-%*** REVTeX-compatible aipnum4-1.bst 2009-10-08 ***
-%\endpreamble
-%\postamble
-%End of customized bst file
-%\endpostamble
-%\keepsilent
-%\askforoverwritefalse
-%\def\MBopts{\from{merlin.mbs}{%
-% head,\MBopta}
-%\from{physjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{geojour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{photjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
-%\from{merlin.mbs}{tail,\MBopta}}
-%\def\MBopta{%
-% lang,%: Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
-% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face
-% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
-% vonx,%: Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
-% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
-% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font (\bibnamefont)
-% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font (\bibfnamefont)
-% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors font
-% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
-% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font (\citenamefont)
-% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font
-% yr-par,%: Date in parentheses as (May 1993)
-% date-nil-x,%: If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
-% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
-% jtit-x,%: Title is ignored
-% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
-% article-booktitle,%: format booktitle
-% article-series,%: article can has series
-% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal font
-% journal-address,%: Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
-% book-bt,%: Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
-% thesis-title-o,%: Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
-% techreport-institution-par,%: format tech report institution like book publisher
-% vol-bf,%: Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
-% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number as 34
-% volp-com,%: Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
-% jpg-1,%: Only start page number
-% book-editor-booktitle,%: Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
-% inbook-editor-booktitle,%: Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
-% bookaddress,%: Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
-% num-xser,%: Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
-% number-cap,%: Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
-% chapter-cap,%: Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
-% series-number,%: Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
-% numser-booktitle,%: After book title and conference address, and before editors
-% ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23
-% ser-rm,%: format series roman , even when used with volume
-% volume-cap,%: Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
-% ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
-% jnm-x,%: Space after journal name
-% pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,%: As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
-% pub-date,%: Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
-% ay-empty-pub-parens-x,%: eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
-% pre-pub,%: Publisher before volume, chapter, pages
-% pre-edn,%: Edition before publisher
-% pre-pub,pre-edn,%: Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages
-% isbn,%: Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
-% issn,%: Include ISSN for periodicals
-% doi-link,doi,%: Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
-% edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
-% blk-com,%: Comma between blocks
-% fin-endbibitem,%: Command at end instead of period
-% pp,%: `Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
-% ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
-% abr,%: Abbreviations of such words
-% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
-% ord,%: Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
-% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names
-% etal-it,%: Italic et al
-% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,%: Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
-% SLACcitation,%: Produce SLACcitation field
-% numpages-x,%: Do not include numpages field
-% url,url-prefix-x,%: URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
-% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags like \bibinfo in the content of \bibitem
-% bibfield,%: Element tags like \bibfield in the content of \bibitem
-% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
-%,{%
-% }}
-%\generate{\file{aipnum4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
-%\endbatchfile
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Between the two files \file{aipnum.dbj} and \file{aipauth.dbj},
-% the differences are limited:
-% \file{aipnum.dbj} has two lines lacking in \file{aipauth.dbj}:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
-% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
-% \end{verbatim}
-% thus, the ``numbered citation'' bibliography is sorted by citation order, and
-% the names are give first inital, then last name.
-%
-% Likewise, \file{aipauth.dbj} has one line lacking in \file{aipnum.dbj}:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% nm-rev,%: Surname + comma + initials (Smith, J. F.)
-% \end{verbatim}
-% Thus, the ``author-year'' bibliography is sorted by author name, and
-% names are given last name first, followed by initials.
-%
-% We ensure that the journal substyle has the first word
-% in the matter by installing the (default) AIP code
-% later on (see Section~\ref{sec:aip-defaults}).
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pre@bibdata}
-%
-% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\pre@bibdata{\jobname\bibdata@app}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsection}
-% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography
-% (we use \cmd\refname).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\refname{References}%
-\def\rtx@bibsection{%
- \@ifx@empty\refname{%
- \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
- }{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The following line has been commented out:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \let\@hangfroms@section\@hang@froms
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
- \@nobreaktrue
- }%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibsep}
-% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\bibpreamble\@empty
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \bibsep\z@\relax
-}%
-\def\newblock{\ }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibfont}
-% We define the font switch that applies to the body of the bibliography.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \def\bibfont{%
- \preprintsty@sw{}{\footnotesize}%
- \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
- \labelsep\z@
- }%
-}%
-\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Index}%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newenvironment{theindex}{%
- \columnseprule \z@
- \columnsep 35\p@
- \c@secnumdepth-\maxdimen
- \onecolumngrid@push
- \section{\indexname}%
- \thispagestyle{plain}%
- \parindent\z@
- \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
- \let\item\@idxitem
- \onecolumngrid@pop
-}{%
-}%
-%
-\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
-%
-\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}
-%
-\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}
-%
-\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Typesize Processing}%
-% The formatting specification for the preprint option is:
-% Times Roman 12 pt, double spacing, with 1-inch margins on letter paper.
-% Paragraphs indented ``five spaces''.
-% Display math on standard indent, with equation number flush right in parenthesis, with subequations roman.
-%
-% That for reprint option is to format similar to the printed journal; with most journals
-% set (approximately analyzed) 10-point, 2-column grid, letter paper.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip10pt\endcsname{%
- \let\@currname@class\@currname
- \def\@currname{aps10pt\substyle@post}%
- \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
- \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
- \let\@currname\@currname@class
- \class@info{Overriding 10pt}%
- \aipreprint
-}%
-\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip11pt\endcsname{\csname rtx@aip12pt\endcsname}%
-\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip12pt\endcsname{%
- \let\@currname@class\@currname
- \def\@currname{aps12pt\substyle@post}%
- \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
- \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
- \let\@currname\@currname@class
- \class@info{Overriding 12pt}%
- \aippreprint
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\today}
-% Procedure \cmd\today\ is used in the article class, but not in
-% this document class.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June%
- \or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December%
- \fi\space
- \number\year
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{A. Running Title}
-% User-provided running title \cmd\@shorttitle\ to be set.
-%
-% \subsection{B. Equation numbering, figure and table numbering}
-% Equations can be numbered throughout, or by section, with appendix equations prepended by the appendix label.
-% Figures and tables are numbered throughout.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{C. Title}
-% Title page may break above abstract, within author list.
-% Title notes are signified by superior letter followed by right parenthesis.
-%
-% \subsection{D. Author footnote}
-% Set short line above these footnotes.
-%
-% \subsection{E. Author}
-% Class option \classoption{superscriptaddress} is standard.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \clo@superscriptaddress
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{F. Affiliations}
-% Set italic.
-%
-% \subsection{G. Received date}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{H. Abstract}
-% Single paragraph, no indent.
-%
-% \subsection{J. Lead Paragraph}
-% Set boldface, flush left before main text, single paragraph.
-% Separated from text by a short centered rule.
-%
-% \subsection{K. Headings}
-% Use labels: ROMAN, LETTER, arabic, letter.
-% Set ALLCAPS, boldface; Initial cap, boldface; Initial cap, bold-italic; Initial cap, italic.
-%
-% Theorem, proof title followed by colon. Follow author.
-%
-% \subsection{L. Text Footnotes}
-% Not permitted; use endnotes.
-%
-% \subsection{M. Citations and Bibliography}
-% Numerical \filename{aipnum.bst}, author-year \filename{aipauth.bst}, and numbered author-year \filename{aipnumauth.bst} are the available choices.
-% Numerical is standard, with all styles permitted in journal classes 3a and 4b.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{N. References}
-%
-% Article Title usage:
-%
-% Article title required in all journals with "unpublished", "to be published", "in press" and "submitted" refs.
-%
-% Exceptions:
-%
-% Journal classes 1a,1b,2,4a:
-%
-% Article title not allowed in published references, except in the case of "in press" or submitted" (see sample references below).
-%
-% Journal class 3a:
-%
-% Article title allowed but not required in author-year references (use must be consistent within a single manuscript).
-%
-% Journal class 3b:
-%
-% Article title required in all journal references and report references.
-%
-% Journal class 4b:
-%
-% Article title allowed in journal references in author-year mode.
-%
-% \subsection{O. Examples of Numerical References}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{P. References in Author-year mode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Q. Numbered Author-year References}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{R. Tables}
-% Placed within text (floated), labeled with Roman numeral.
-%
-% Table caption placed above table, followed by space,
-% two double lines, space, table column headings, space,
-% single line, table contents, two double lines.
-%
-% Footnotes labeled with superior lower-case letter, set below table contents.
-%
-% \subsection{S. Figures}
-% Placed within text (floated), labeled with arabic numbers.
-%
-% Caption set below figure. A citation to be set inline, not superscripted.
-%
-% \subsection{Society defaults}%
-%
-% After this society file is read in, we will process the
-% \cmd\@journal- and \cmd\@pointsize-specific code.
-% Here we define the defaults.
-%
-% We select \textbf{Chaos} as the default journal substyle, because it is
-% the most permissive in terms of bibliography and citation style,
-% and it is formatted in two column in the reprint style.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@journal@default{cha}%
-\def\@pointsize@default{12}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Journal-Specific Code}%
-%
-% For AIP journals, we supply code specific to JCP, POP, RSI, JAP, APL, CHA, POF, BMF, RSE, JMP.
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{jcp}}%
-%A member of the journal class 1a.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipjcp{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{jcp} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{pop}}%
-%A member of the journal class 1a.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aippop{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{pop} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{rsi}}%
-%A member of the journal class 1a.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aiprsi{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{rsi} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{jap}}%
-%Sole member of the journal class 1b.
-%
-% No running title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipjap{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 1b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
- \let\@runningtitle\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{jap} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{apl}}%
-%Sole member of the journal class 2.
-%
-% No running title.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipapl{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 2 uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
- \let\@runningtitle\@empty
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{apl} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{cha}}%
-%Sole member of the journal class 3a.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipcha{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Article titles are allowed.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{cha} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{pof}}%
-%Sole member of the journal class 3b.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aippof{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 3b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% Article titles are required, so we include them if available,
-% but if absent, we can do no more than make a warning in the \file{.blg}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
- \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{pof} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{bmf}}%
-% A member of the journal class 4a,
-% the Biomicrofluidics journal is single column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipbmf{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% Journal is formatted in a single column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
- \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{bmf} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{rse}}%
-%A member of the journal class 4a.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aiprse{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{rse} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{jmp}}%
-% Sole member of the journal class 4b, Journal of Mathematical Physics is single column.
-% For an example of \env{itemize}, see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@aipjmp{%
- \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Article titles are allowed.
-% Journal is formatted in a single column.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
- \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{jmp} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Establish AIP Defaults\label{sec:aip-defaults}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\footinbib@sw}
-% All AIP journals invoke the \classoption{footinbib} option.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@booleantrue\footinbib@sw
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\place@bibnumber}
-% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
-% We install code that will
-% govern the style in which \cmd\cite\ commands are
-% formatted,
-% select the presentation for \cmd\bibitem s
-% and control the \BibTeX\ processing.
-%
-% Note that a journal substyle may override these settings.
-% Likewise, document preamble may itself invoke \cmd\bibpunct\ or \cmd\bibliographystyle,
-% thereby overriding these settings and those of the journal substyle.
-%
-% The numbered citations of \file{aipnum} and \file{aipauthnum}
-% are compatible with \classoption{footinbib} and
-% the compression and coalescing features of \classname{natbib},
-% while \file{aipauth}'s author-year citations are not.
-% Therefore, we de-select such options if we are selecting author-year citations.
-%
-% Note on \classname{natbib} presets:
-% \file{aipnum} and \file{aipauthnum} uses the Chicago \cmd\bibpunct\ style;
-% while \file{aipauth} uses that of Nature.
-%
-% Note on \cmd\NAT@mcite: if not using numerical citations, we set \cmd\NAT@mcite\
-% to a lower value, to turn off the mcite semantics of \classname{natbib}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
-\appdef\setup@hook{%
- \authoryear@sw{%
- \aip@jtitx@sw{%
- \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
- }{%
- \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
- }%
- \authornum@sw{%
- \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
- \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
- }{%
- \bibhang10\p@
- \bibpunct{(%)
- }{%(
- )}{; }{a}{,}{,}%
- \@booleanfalse\footinbib@sw
- \let\NAT@mcite\@ne
- \let\NAT@sort\z@
- \def\NAT@cmprs{\z@}%
- \let\NAT@def@citea\rtx@def@citea
- \let\NAT@def@citea@close\rtx@def@citea@close
- }%
- }{%
- \aip@jtitx@sw{%
- \def\@bibstyle{aipnum\substyle@post}%
- }{%
- \def\@bibstyle{aipnum\substyle@post}%
- }%
- \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
- \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
- }%
-}%
-\def\make@footnote@endnote{%
- \footinbib@sw{%
- \authoryear@sw{\authornum@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}{\false@sw}%
- {}{%
- \ltx@footnote@push
- \def\thempfn{Note\thefootnote}%
- \let\ltx@footmark\rev@citemark
- \let\ltx@foottext\rev@endtext
- \appdef\class@enddocumenthook{\auto@bib}%
- \let\printendnotes\relax
- }%
- }{}%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\aipreprint}%
-% We want to override \filename{aps10pt.rtx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\aipreprint{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\aippreprint}%
-% We want to override \filename{aps12pt.rtx}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\aippreprint{%
-}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-% %Here ends the programmer's documentation.
-% \endinput
-%
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip4-2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip4-2.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3b0c09b33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/aip4-2.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,4980 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+% aip4-2.dtx: package to change page grid, MVL.
+% Copyright (c) 2014 American Institute of Physics
+% mailto:tex@aip.org
+%
+% Disclaimer
+% This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+% without even the implied warranty of
+% MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+% License
+% You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
+% LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
+% (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
+% ReadMe
+% For the documentation and more detailed instructions for
+% installation, typeset this document with \LaTeX.
+% Maintenance Status
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
+% Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa.
+%
+% Version (4.2a)
+% Modified by Aptara
+%
+% This work consists of the main source file aip4-2.dtx
+% and the derived files
+% aip.rtx, aip.pdf, aip.ins, aip.drv.
+% Distribution:
+% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/aip/
+%
+% Unpacking:
+% tex aip4-2.dtx
+%
+% Documentation:
+% latex aip4-2.dtx; ...
+%
+% Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
+% pdflatex aip4-2.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
+% pdflatex aip4-2.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+% pdflatex aip4-2.dtx
+%
+% Installation:
+% TDS:bibtex/bst/aip/
+% TDS:doc/latex/aip/
+% TDS:source/latex/aip/
+% TDS:tex/latex/aip/
+%
+% Thanks, Heiko!
+% This method of letting a single .dtx file serve as both
+% documentation (via latex) and installer (via tex) follows
+% the example of Heiko Oberdiek. Thanks!
+%<*ignore>
+\begingroup
+ \def\x{LaTeX2e}%
+\expandafter\endgroup
+\ifcase
+ 0\expandafter\ifx\csname processbatchFile\endcsname\relax\else1\fi\ifx\fmtname\x\else 1\fi
+ \relax
+\else
+ \csname fi\endcsname
+%</ignore>
+%<*install>
+%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
+%% from aip4-2.dtx when run through LaTeX or TeX.
+%% This file requires docstrip version 2.4 or higher available from
+%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/docstrip.tex
+\input docstrip
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file;
+altering it directly is inadvisable;
+instead, modify the original source file.
+See the URL in the file README-AIP.
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 American Institute of Physics.
+mailto:tex@aip.org
+
+Maintained by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net)
+under contract to American Institute of Physics
+
+Version (4.2a)
+Modified by Aptara
+under contract to American Institute of Physics
+
+License
+ You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
+ LaTeX Project Public License 1.3 or later
+ (http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt).
+
+ This file is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;
+ without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+\endpreamble
+\askforoverwritefalse
+\keepsilent
+ \generate{%
+ %{ignore}
+% \file{aip.ins}{\from{aip4-2.dtx}{install}}%
+% \file{aip.drv}{\from{aip4-2.dtx}{driver}}%
+% \usedir{tex/latex/aip}%
+ \file{aip4-2.rtx}{\from{aip4-2.dtx}{package}}%
+ \file{aapm4-2.rtx}{\from{aip4-2.dtx}{aapm}}%
+ \file{sor4-2.rtx}{\from{aip4-2.dtx}{sor}}%
+ }%
+\ifToplevel{
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation, please move}
+\Msg{* aip.rtx}
+\Msg{* into a directory searched by TeX;}
+\Msg{* in a TDS-compliant installation:}
+\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/aip/.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
+ run aip4-2.dtx through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
+\Msg{***********************************************************}
+}
+\endbatchfile
+%</install>
+%<*ignore>
+\fi
+%</ignore>
+% \fi
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{aip4-2.dtx}
+% \CheckSum{6707}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
+%<*package>
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% filename = "aip4-2.dtx",
+%%% version = "4.2a",
+%%% date = "2014/12/31",
+%%% time = "20:33:00 GMT-8",
+%%% checksum = "6737",
+%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
+%%% commissioned by the American Institute of Physics.
+%%% ",
+%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 2014 American Institute of Physics,
+%%% distributed under the terms of the
+%%% LaTeX Project Public License, see
+%%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
+%%% ",
+%%% address = "AIP Journal Program
+%%% American Institute of Physics,
+%%% Suite 1NO1, 2 Huntington Quadrangle,
+%%% Melville, NY 11747 USA",
+%%% telephone = "",
+%%% FAX = "",
+%%% email = "mailto colon tex at aip.org",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "aip substyle for REVTeX",
+%%% docstring = "The checksum field above generated by ltxdoc",
+%%% }
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
+% The following references the \file{README-AIP} file,
+% which contains basic information about this package.
+% The contents of this file are generated when
+% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-AIP}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-AIP}%
+%
+% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
+%
+% Following is a list of the files in this distribution arranged
+% according to provenance.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
+% One single file generates all.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%aip4-2.dtx
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex aip4-2.dtx}}%
+% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
+% generates the readme and the installer.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%README aip.ins
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex aip4-2.dtx}}%
+% Typesetting the installer generates
+% the package files.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%aip.rtx
+%\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Documentation}%
+% The following are the online documentation:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%aip.pdf
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Auxiliary}%
+% The following are auxiliary files generated
+% in the course of running \LaTeX:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%aip.aux aip.idx aip.ind aip.log aip.toc
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \section{Code common to all modules}%
+%
+% The following may look a bit klootchy, but we
+% want to require only one place in this file
+% where the version number is stated,
+% and we also want to ensure that the version
+% number is embedded into every generated file.
+%
+% Now we declare that
+% these files can only be used with \LaTeXe.
+% An appropriate message is displayed if
+% a different \TeX{} format is used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver|package|aapm|sor>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]%
+%</driver|package|aapm|sor>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% As desired, the following modules all
+% take common version information:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<package>\ProvidesFile{aip4-2.rtx}%
+%<aapm>\ProvidesFile{aapm4-2.rtx}%
+%<sor>\ProvidesFile{sor4-2.rtx}%
+%<*driver>
+\expandafter\ProvidesFile\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+%</driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following line contains, for once and for all,
+% the version and date information.
+% By various means, this information is reproduced
+% consistently in all generated files and in the
+% typeset documentation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver|package>
+%<version>
+ [2014/12/31/20:33:00 4.2a AIP substyle for REVTeX]% \fileversion
+%</driver|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \section{The driver module \texttt{driver}}
+%
+% This module, consisting of the present section,
+% typesets the programmer's documentation,
+% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{README-AIP} as required.
+%
+% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
+% this file constitute the \file{driver} module itself,
+% we can simply typeset the \file{.dtx} file directly,
+% and there is thus rarely any need to
+% generate the ``driver'' {\sc docstrip} module.
+% Module delimiters are nonetheless required so that
+% this code does not find its way into the other modules.
+%
+% The \enve{document} command concludes the typesetting run.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The Preamble}
+% The programmers documentation is formatted
+% with the \classname{ltxdoc} class with local customizations,
+% and with the usual code line indexing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
+\let\url\undefined
+\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
+\gdef\lquote{`}\gdef\rquote{'}%
+\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist aip
+\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o aip.gls aip.glo
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Docstrip and info directives}
+% We use so many {\sc docstrip} modules that we set the
+% \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} counter to 1.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The following command retrieves the date and version information
+% from this file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\GetFileInfo\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The ``Read Me'' File}
+% As promised above, here is the contents of the
+% ``Read Me'' file. That file serves a double purpose,
+% since it also constitutes the beginining of the
+% programmer's documentation. What better thing, after
+% all, to have appear at the beginning of the
+% typeset documentation?
+%
+% A good discussion of how to write a ReadMe file can be found in
+% Engst, Tonya, ``Writing a ReadMe File? Read This''
+% \emph{MacTech} October 1998, p. 58.
+%
+% Note the appearance of the
+% \cmd\StopEventually\ command, which marks the
+% dividing line between the user documentation
+% and the programmer documentation.
+%
+% The usual user will not be asked to
+% do a full build, not to speak
+% of the bootstrap.
+% Instructions for carrying these processes
+% begin the programmer's manual.
+%
+%\changes{4.1b}{2008/08/06}{Beta candidate b}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-AIP}
+\title{%
+ The \classname{aip} substyle for REV\TeX%
+ \protect\thanks{%
+ \fileversion\ \copyright 2009 American Institute of Physics
+ % For version number and date,
+ % search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
+ % or see the end of the README file.
+ }%
+}%
+
+\author{%
+Arthur Ogawa\thanks{mailto:arthur\_ogawa at sbcglobal.net}%
+}%
+\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
+\maketitle
+
+This file embodies the implementation of the
+AIP journal substyles for APS's \revtex\ 4.2 document class
+for electronic submissions to AIP journals.
+
+The distribution point for this work is
+\url{http://publishing.aip.org/authors/preparing-your-manuscript}.
+The archive contains ready-to-Install files, documentation, and full source.
+
+This package is also distributed via CTAN:
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/aip}, and as a ready-to-install image as
+\url{http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/aip.tds.zip}.
+
+The \classname{aip} package was commissioned by the American Institute of Physics
+and is distributed under the terms of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
+the same license under which all the portions of \LaTeX\ itself is distributed.
+Please see \url{http://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt} for details.
+
+To use this document class, you must have a working
+\TeX\ installation equipped with \LaTeXe\
+and possibly pdftex and Adobe Acrobat Reader or equivalent.
+
+To install, retrieve the distribution,
+unpack it into a directory on the target computer,
+and move the file \file{aip.rtx}
+into a location in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX.
+
+To use, read the user documentation \file{auguide.pdf}.
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Overview}%
+\revtex\ is a \LaTeXe\ document class, somewhat like a hybrid of
+the standard \LaTeX\ \classname{book} and \classname{article} classes.
+
+This document class implements the AIP society and journal substyles:
+the journals represent a set of mutually exclusive class options that, in this case, allow the
+document class to address multiple journals within the AIP family.
+This society is obtained with class option \classoption{aip}.
+
+\section{Processing Instructions}
+
+The package file \file{aip.rtx}
+is generated from this file, \file{aip4-2.dtx},
+using the {\sc docstrip} facility of \LaTeX
+via |tex aip4-2.dtx|.
+The typeset documentation that you are now reading is generated from
+the same file by typesetting it with \LaTeX\ or pdftex
+via |latex aip4-2.dtx| or |pdflatex aip4-2.dtx|.
+
+\subsection{Build Instructions}
+
+You may bootstrap this suite of files solely from \file{aip4-2.dtx}.
+Prepare by installing \LaTeXe\ (and either tex or pdftex) on your computer,
+then carry out the following steps:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item
+Within an otherwise empty directory,
+typeset \file{aip4-2.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
+you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
+along with
+the installer \file{aip.ins},
+and the file \file{README-AIP}.
+
+Note: you will have to run \LaTeX\ twice, then \file{makeindex}, then
+\LaTeX\ again in order to obtain a valid index and table of contents.
+\item
+Now typeset \file{aip4-2.dtx} with \TeX (not \LaTeX),
+thereby generating the package file \file{aip.rtx}.
+\item
+Install \classname{aip.rtx}
+by moving it to a location
+in your filesystem where it will be found by \LaTeX,
+like \file{tex/latex/aip}.
+\item
+Install \classname{aip.pdf}
+by moving it to
+\file{doc/latex/aip}.
+\item
+Using the \file{.dbj} information herein,
+generate the needed \file{.bst} files and install them in
+\file{bibtex/bst/aip}.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{filecontents*}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The Document Body}
+%
+% Here is the document body, containing only a
+% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
+% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begin{document}%
+\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}%
+\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
+% ^^A\PrintChanges
+\end{document}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</driver>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{AIP: A set of journal-specifc extensions to \revtex}
+%
+% To create a journal substyle, you create
+% a \file{.rtx} file, in our case \file{aip.rtx}.
+% Within that file, you override procedures and parameter assignments as you see fit.
+% Ideally they will be generally applicable to all of that society's
+% journals (see the file \file{aps.rtx} for a realization of this scheme).
+% Also within that file, you include a
+% section of code for each journal, that for JMP looks like:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \@ifx{\@journal\journal@jmp}{%
+% <code specific to the JMP>
+% }{}%
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \section{The \classoption{aip} class option: the \texttt{aip} module}
+% The file \file{aip.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
+% if \cmd\@society\ has the value \classoption{aip}.
+%
+% Here, code specific to AIP journals appears.
+%
+% We first give some text entities (amounting to journal abbreviations),
+% then some AIP-specific initialisations,
+% then code for particular AIP journals.
+% In the latter case, the choice is
+% keyed off the macro \cmd\@journal.
+%
+% Note on \cmd\AtEndOfClass:
+% this file, like all journal substyles, is read in at \cmd\AtEndOfClass\ time,
+% so you should not use this command in this file.
+% Note for \LaTeX\ developers: It would be an improvement in \LaTeX\ to
+% \cmd\let\cmd\AtEndOfClass\ to something like \cmd\@firstofone.
+% This change would be effected in \cmd\@onefilewithoptions.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Defend Against Forseeable Errors}%
+% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\substyle@ext
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endinput
+ \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\else
+ \def\@tempa{}%
+ \expandafter\fi\@tempa
+ \class@info{RevTeX society AIP selected}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Substyle Options}%
+%
+% Here are the class options relating to the AIP:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{jcp}{\change@journal{jcp}}%
+\DeclareOption{pop}{\change@journal{pop}}%
+\DeclareOption{rsi}{\change@journal{rsi}}%
+\DeclareOption{jap}{\change@journal{jap}}%
+\DeclareOption{apl}{\change@journal{apl}}%
+\DeclareOption{apm}{\change@journal{apm}}%
+\DeclareOption{cha}{\change@journal{cha}}%
+\DeclareOption{pof}{\change@journal{pof}}%
+\DeclareOption{bmf}{\change@journal{bmf}}%
+\DeclareOption{rse}{\change@journal{rse}}%
+\DeclareOption{jmp}{\change@journal{jmp}}%
+\DeclareOption{adv}{\change@journal{adv}}%
+\DeclareOption{sd}{\change@journal{sd}}%
+\DeclareOption{jor}{\change@journal{jor}}%
+\DeclareOption{cp}{\change@journal{cp}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Abbreviations}%
+% \changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 584) Per MD, remove trailing space character from each journal abbreviation: it had caused an extraneous space in the .bbl}
+% The following macros constitute typing shortcuts for
+% certain journal names.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\adv{AIP Advances}%
+\def\ao{Appl.\ Opt.}%
+\def\ap{Appl.\ Phys.}%
+\def\apl{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\apm{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.\ Mater.}%
+\def\apj{Astrophys.\ J.}%
+\def\bell{Bell Syst.\ Tech.\ J.}%
+\def\bmf{Biomicrofluidics}%
+\def\cha{Chaos}%
+\def\jqe{IEEE J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
+\def\assp{IEEE Trans.\ Acoust.\ Speech Signal Process.}%
+\def\aprop{IEEE Trans.\ Antennas Propag.}%
+\def\mtt{IEEE Trans.\ Microwave Theory Tech.}%
+\def\iovs{Invest.\ Ophthalmol.\ Vis.\ Sci.}%
+\def\jcp{J.\ Chem.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jap{J.\ Appl.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jmp{J.\ Math.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jmo{J.\ Mod.\ Opt.}%
+\def\josa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.}%
+\def\josaa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ A}%
+\def\josab{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ B}%
+\def\jpp{J.\ Phys.\ (Paris)}%
+\def\jpr{J.\ Phys.\ Chem.\ Ref.\ Data}%
+\def\ltp{Low.\ Temp.\ Phys.}%
+\def\nat{Nature (London)}%
+\def\oc{Opt.\ Commun.}%
+\def\ol{Opt.\ Lett.}%
+\def\pl{Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\pop{Phys.\ Plasmas}%
+\def\pof{Phys.\ Fluids}%
+\def\pra{Phys.\ Rev.\ A}%
+\def\prb{Phys.\ Rev.\ B}%
+\def\prc{Phys.\ Rev.\ C}%
+\def\prd{Phys.\ Rev.\ D}%
+\def\pre{Phys.\ Rev.\ E}%
+\def\prl{Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.}%
+\def\rmp{Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.}%
+\def\rsi{Rev.\ Sci.\ Instrum.}%
+\def\rse{J.\ Renewable Sustainable Energy}%
+\def\pspie{Proc.\ Soc.\ Photo-Opt.\ Instrum.\ Eng.}%
+\def\sjqe{Sov.\ J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
+\def\vr{Vision Res.}%
+\def\sd{Structural\ Dynamics}%
+\def\jor{J.\ Rheol.}%
+\def\cp{AIP\ Conference\ Proceedings}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Option allowing for ``numerical author-year'' bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{author-numerical}{%
+ \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw
+ \@booleantrue\authornum@sw
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Optionally allow article title in bibliography entries.
+% A new switch is defined here: \cmd\aip@jtitx@sw\ signifies that
+% the numbered style bibliography is to be prepared without article titles in @ARTICLE entries.
+% Otherwise, such titles are incorporated if present in the \file{.bib} entry.
+% By default, exclude the article titles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{article-title}{%
+ \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
+}%
+\@booleantrue \aip@jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Establish default options for this society.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+\@booleanfalse\authornum@sw
+\@booleanfalse\onecolumn@sw
+\@booleanfalse\newonecolumn@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout@init}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibdataout@aip}
+% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
+% Procedure \cmd\@bibdataout@aip\ has the job of writing the control record into the
+% job's \cmd\jobname\filename{.bib} file, where it will adjust the options to \filename{.bst} processing.
+% It is installed into the initialization procedure \cmd\@bibdataout@init, and its meaning
+% is set by the society (AIP) and journal.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\@bibdataout@rev{\@bibdataout@aip}%
+\def\@bibdataout@aip{%
+ \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ @CONTROL{%
+ aip41Control%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \longbibliography@sw{\true@sw}{\aip@jtitx@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}%
+ {%
+ ,pages="1",title="0"%
+ }{%
+ ,pages="0",title=""%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{aip41Control}}%
+ \fi
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% For AIP, the preprint style \classoption{preprint} is the default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\preprintsty@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\showPACS@sw}
+% \begin{macro}{\showKEYS@sw}
+% If \cmd\showPACS@sw\ is true, print the PACS information in the title block,
+% otherwise not.
+% Similarly for \cmd\showKEYS@sw\ and the keywords.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\showPACS@sw
+\@booleantrue\showKEYS@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\refname}
+%
+% In reprint style only, we eliminate the head above the bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% TeXSupport
+\let\old@refname\refname
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{AIP Setup}%
+% Here we define the default procedures for AIP journals.
+% Individual AIP journals may override these definitions.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Running header and footer}%
+%
+% Page style for all AIP journals.
+% We assert our own page style only if nobody else has done so.
+% Users wishing to customize their documents will be able to invoke a \cmd\pagestyle\
+% command anywhere in the preamble.
+%FIXME: \cmd\preprintsty@sw\ is defined?
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \ps@preprint
+ }{%
+ \ps@article
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The spc says: ``Running title must be provided on title page'',
+% and that journal classes 1b and 2 have no running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ps@preprint{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\ps@article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@runningtitle{\@shorttitle}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Title block}%
+%
+% The specifics of the title block.
+% Apply to all AIP journals; individual journals may override these settings.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\titlepage}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
+ \let\wastwocol@sw\twocolumn@sw
+ \onecolumngrid
+ \newpage
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
+ \c@page\z@% article sets this to one not zero???
+}{%
+ \wastwocol@sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@fnsymbol}
+% On the title page, footnotes are lettered with right parenthesis: ``a)''.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@fnsymbol@latex\@fnsymbol
+\let\@fnsymbol\@alph
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\adjust@abstractwidth}
+% This procedure is used by many titlepage elements to indent on the left by a particular
+% amount. The author list uses \cmd\frontmatter@authorformat\ to accomplish the same.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@abstractheading}
+% AIP Journals all set the abstract head the same way, with no head.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@abstractfont}
+% All AIP journals set the abstract body the same way.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{%
+%\small
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% All AIP journal preprints use separate titlepage and full-width abstract.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \@booleantrue\titlepage@sw
+% \def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{\it}%
+ \let\section\section@preprintsty
+% \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@section@preprintsty
+ \let\subsection\subsection@preprintsty
+ \let\subsubsection\subsubsection@preprintsty
+ }{}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@authorformat}
+% All AIP journals set the author list the same.
+% The leading is 11.5 points, and
+% there is 11.5 points of extra space above the first author line
+% (which amounts to the same thing as 11.5 points extra below the title)
+% for a total of 23 points base-to-base.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \sffamily
+%\advance\baselineskip\p@
+%\parskip11.5\p@\relax
+}%
+\renewcommand*\email[1][Electronic mail: ]{\begingroup\sanitize@url\@email{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affilgroup}
+% The default amount of space above affiliation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affiliation}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script}
+% The default amount of space above affiliation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+%\addvspace{3.5\p@}%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@affiliationfont}
+% All AIP journals set the affiliation the same.
+% Like the author, but in italic.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\small}%
+ \it
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@collaboration@above}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@collaboration@above{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Set up the default AIP style for title block authors and affiliations.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@setup}
+% All AIP journals set the title page using the same font and size.
+% However, justification varies for the title block elements, so
+% we assert none here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@setup{%
+ \normalfont
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@above}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@format}
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@title@below}
+% All AIP journals set the article title 12 point Times Roman, bold, flush left.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ \parskip\z@skip
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@below{\addvspace{3\p@}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@makefnmark}
+% All AIP journals share this procedure for setting the titlepage footnote text:
+% superior lowercase letter, with right parenthesis.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@author@parskip{3\p@}%
+\@booleantrue\altaffilletter@sw
+\def\frontmatter@makefnmark{%
+ \@textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont\@thefnmark%(
+ )%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorbelow{%
+ \addvspace{3\p@}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\affil@cutoff}
+% We override \cmd\affil@cutoff\ to enforce the rule that,
+% if a single affiliation appears on the title page, then
+% no affiliation superscript at all is produced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\affil@cutoff\tw@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% De awa.
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@RRAP@format}
+% All AIP journals use the same format for the ``Received, Revised, etc.'' block on the title page.
+%
+% Change note: 11.5 points b-b from author/affiliation down to date.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+% \preprintsty@sw{}{\parskip.5ex\relax}%
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\punct@RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
+\def\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@PACS@format}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@PACS@format{%
+ \addvspace{11\p@}%
+% \footnotesize
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\frontmatter@keys@format}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\frontmatter@keys@format{%
+% \footnotesize
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \samepage
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ps@titlepage}
+% Title page style. Currently empty except for preprint header,
+% which consists of all the \cmd\preprint\ arguments,
+% stacked flush right at the right margin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ps@titlepage{%
+ \def\@oddhead{%
+ \@runningtitle
+ \hfill
+ \produce@preprints\@preprint
+ }%
+ \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+ \def\@oddfoot{%
+ \hb@xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
+ \hfil
+ \preprintsty@sw{\thepage}{}%
+ \quad\checkindate
+ \hfil
+ }%
+ \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+}%
+\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex@sw{Typeset by REV\TeX and AIP}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\produce@preprints}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\produce@preprints#1{%
+ \preprint@sw{%
+ \vtop to \z@{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \small
+ \let\preprint\preprint@count
+ \count@\z@#1\@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
+ \hbox{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@hlist
+ #1\setbox\z@\lastbox
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@cr
+ \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
+ \par
+ \vss
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\preprint@cr#1{#1\cr}%
+\def\preprint@count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
+\def\preprint@hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Lead-in paragraph}%
+%
+% The \env{Lead-in paragraph} environment formats the AIP ``lead paragraph''.
+% To avoid introducing new syntax, we take over the \env{quotation} environment
+% until the first \cmd\section\ (or other sectioning command) appears.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{Lead@inParagraph}{%
+ \par
+ \bfseries
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}{%
+ \par
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\hfil}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the beginning of the document temporarily change the meaning of
+% the \env{quotation} environment, restoring it once the first sectioning
+% command is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\frontmatter@init{%
+ \let@environment{quotation@ltx}{quotation}%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{Lead@inParagraph}%
+}%
+\appdef\@startsection@hook{%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{quotation@ltx}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Stacked Heads}%
+% All AIP journals put a period (.), followed by quad space, after the section number.
+% Also, no hanging section number.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}%
+\def\@hang@from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Note that in the following, we wish to set the section head uppercase, so we use
+% David Carlisle's \cmd\MakeTextUppercase. However, because this procedure effectively
+% parses its argument (looking for things to \emph{not} translate), it has to be invoked
+% in such a way that the argument of the \cmd\section\ command is passed to it as its
+% own argument.
+%
+% To accomplish this, we use the \cmd\@hangfrom@\ hook, which was developed for this
+% purpose.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+\def\@hangfroms@section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% See, e.g., BMF\_044101\_1 (1) or BMF\_044103\_1 (1)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% See, e.g., BMF\_044104\_1 (1), JMP\_123520\_1 (48),
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \itshape
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Runin Heads}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {paragraph}%
+ {4}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subparagraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subparagraph}%
+ {5}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\section@preprintsty}
+% \begin{macro}{\subsection@preprintsty}
+% \begin{macro}{\subsubsection@preprintsty}
+% Here are the formatting procedures specific to the preprint style;
+% the only difference is that the heads are flush left instead of centered.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\section@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+%\def\@hangfrom@section@preprintsty#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\subsubsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+% \small
+ \itshape\bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% For examples of
+% \env{theorem}, \env{proposition}, \env{lemma}, \env{remark}, \env{corollary}, \env{example},
+% and \env{proof} (with optional title),
+% using independent numbering for each class,
+% and with numbered and roman lists therein,
+% see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
+%
+% For theorems, etc, numbered by section, (and with theorems in the appendix)
+% but equations numbered throughout,
+% see JMP\_123301\_1 (48).
+%
+% For a (roman) list in text, theorem, and proof,
+% see JMP\_123514\_1 (48).
+%
+% For numbered list in text,
+% and equations numbered by section,
+% see JMP\_123518\_1 (48).
+%
+% All AIP journals use frontmatter footnotes by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\frontmatter@footnote@produce\frontmatter@footnote@produce@footnote
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Table of Contents}%
+% The toc will itself make an entry in the toc,
+% but we temporarily turn off toc formatting for the duration.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+\def\ltxu@dotsep{4.5pt}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableofcontents{%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@munge}%
+ \print@toc{toc}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@restore}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocdepth@munge{%
+ \let\l@section@saved\l@section
+ \let\l@section\@gobble@tw@
+}%
+\def\@gobble@tw@#1#2{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocdepth@restore{%
+ \let\l@section\l@section@saved
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \begingroup
+ \set@tocdim@pagenum{#2}%
+% \@tempdima 3em %
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip\tocleft@pagenum plus 1fil\relax
+ \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
+ \large \bf %
+ \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
+ \hb@xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\z@}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z@skip
+ \par
+ \nobreak %
+ \endgroup
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l@section}
+% Determine which TOC elements are automatically indented.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
+\def\tocdim@min{5\p@}%
+\def\l@section{%
+ \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@f@section{%
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
+ \bf
+}%
+\def\l@subsection{%
+ \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@subsubsection{%
+ \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@paragraph#1#2{}%
+\def\l@subparagraph#1#2{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Activate the auto TOC processing.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\toc@pre\toc@pre@auto
+\let\toc@post\toc@post@auto
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\listoffigures{\print@toc{lof}}%
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\listoftables{\print@toc{lot}}%
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Default column bottom}%
+% All AIP journal styles have flush bottoms.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Table alignment style}%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tableft@skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabmid@skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabright@skip@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\array@row@pre@float}
+% \begin{macro}{\array@row@pst@float}
+% All AIP publications have the same table specification:
+% Scotch rules above and below, centered in column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tableft@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\tabmid@skip@float{\@flushglue}%
+\def\tabright@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\array@row@pre@float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
+\def\array@row@pst@float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Footnote formatting}%
+% We customize the formatting of footnotes for all AIP journals.
+% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+ \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
+ \hb@xt@\leftskip{%
+ \hss\@makefnmark\ %
+ }%
+ #1%
+ \par
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Appendix}%
+% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@hangfrom@appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@hangfroms@appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\@appendixcntformat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prepdef\appendix{%
+ \par
+ \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@appendix
+%\let\@hangfroms@section\@hangfroms@appendix
+ \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@appendix#1#2#3{%
+ #1%
+ \@if@empty{#2}{%
+ #3%
+ }{%
+ #2\@if@empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfroms@appendix#1#2{%
+ #1#2%
+}%
+\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Bibliography}%
+%
+% Customize the \revtex\ for the AIP society.
+% this task requires three components:
+% the \BibTeX\ \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst} style files,
+% customizing code for \file{natbib}, and
+% customizations of the \env{thebibliography} environment.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
+% Define the argument of the \cmd\bibliographystyle\ command.
+% The user must have installed a \file{.bst} file of the corresponding name.
+% This file will then be used by \BibTeX\ when compiling the document's \file{.bbl} file.
+%
+% The default bibliography style for the AIP journal substyles are \file{aipnum.bst} and \file{aipauth.bst}.
+% To generate them, use \classname{custom-bib} version 4.21 or later.
+% Run the \file{.bst} generator, \file{makebst.tex}, and
+% accept all defaults, with the following exceptions:
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item
+% ORDERING OF REFERENCES: c: seq-no (references in order of Citation);
+% \item
+% AUTHOR NAMES: i: nm-init,ed-au (Initials + surname);
+% \item
+% NUMBER OF AUTHORS: l: max 12, min 12 (there will be three prompts total);
+% \item
+% TYPEFACE FOR AUTHORS IN LIST OF REFERENCES: u: nmft,nmft-def (User defined author font);
+% \item
+% FONT FOR FIRST NAMES: u: fnm-def (First names in user defined font);
+% \item
+% EDITOR NAMES IN INCOLLECTION ETC: a: nmfted (Editors incollection like authors);
+% \item
+% DATE FORMAT: p: yr-par (Date in parentheses);
+% \item
+% SUPPRESS MONTH: x: xmth (Date is year only);
+% \item
+% TITLE OF ARTICLE: i: tit-it (Title italic)
+% \item
+% ARTICLE TITLE PRESENT: x: jtit-x (No article title);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL NAME FONT: r: jttl-rm (Journal title normal);
+% \item
+% TECHNICAL REPORT TITLE: b: trtit-b (Tech. report title like books);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL VOLUME: b: vol-bf (Volume bold);
+% \item
+% VOLUME PUNCTUATION: c: volp-com (Volume with comma);
+% \item
+% PAGE NUMBERS: f: jpg-1 (Only start page number);
+% \item
+% JOURNAL NAME PUNCTUATION: x: jnm-x (Space after journal);
+% \item
+% PUBLISHER IN PARENTHESES: d: pub-date (Publisher and date in parentheses);
+% \item
+% PUBLISHER POSITION: p: pre-pub (Publisher before chapter, pages);
+% \item
+% ISBN NUMBER: isbn: (Include ISBN for books, booklets)
+% \item
+% ISSN NUMBER: issn: (Include ISSN for periodicals)
+% \item
+% EDITOR IN COLLECTIONS: b: edby (Booktitle, edited by \dots);
+% \item
+% PUNCTUATION BETWEEN SECTIONS (BLOCKS): c: blk-com (Comma between blocks);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATE WORD `PAGES': a: pp (`Page' abbreviated);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATE WORD `EDITORS': a: ed (`Editor' abbreviated);
+% \item
+% OTHER ABBREVIATIONS: a: abr (Abbreviations);
+% \item
+% ABBREVIATION FOR `EDITION': a: ednx (`Edition' abbreviated as `ed');
+% \item
+% EDITION NUMBERS: n: ord (Numerical editions);
+% \item
+% STORED JOURNAL NAMES: a: jabr (Abbreviated journal names);
+% \item
+% FONT OF `ET AL': i: etal-it (Italic et al);
+% \item
+% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: r: revdata, eprint, url, url-blk (Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, numpages, url)
+% \item
+% NEW FONT SELECTION SCHEME: n: nfss (NFSS);
+% \item
+% ADDITIONAL REVTeX DATA FIELDS: y: revdata (additional data fields);
+% \item
+% REFERENCE COMPONENT TAGS: y: reference component tags;
+% \item
+% URL ADDRESS: n: URL as note;
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% A file \file{aipnum.dbj} file equivalent to the following should result:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\input docstrip
+%\preamble
+%----------------------------------------
+%*** REVTeX-compatible aipnum4-1.bst 2009-10-08 ***
+%\endpreamble
+%\postamble
+%End of customized bst file
+%\endpostamble
+%\keepsilent
+%\askforoverwritefalse
+%\def\MBopts{\from{merlin.mbs}{%
+% head,\MBopta}
+%\from{physjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{geojour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{photjour.mbs}{\MBopta}
+%\from{merlin.mbs}{tail,\MBopta}}
+%\def\MBopta{%
+% lang,%: Use language field to switch hyphenation patterns for title
+% pres,pres-bf,%: Presentation, speaker bold face
+% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
+% vonx,%: Sort without von part (de la Maire after Mahone)
+% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
+% nmft,nmft-def,%: User defined author font (\bibnamefont)
+% fnm-def,%: First names in user defined font (\bibfnamefont)
+% nmfted,%: Editors incollection like authors font
+% nmand-rm,%: `And' in normal font (JONES and JAMES)
+% lab,lab-def,%: User defined citation font (\citenamefont)
+% and-rm,%: Cited `and' in normal font
+% yr-par,%: Date in parentheses as (May 1993)
+% date-nil-x,%: If date is empty, then do not produce the surrounding punctuation (parens, brackets, colon, comma)
+% tit-qq,%: Title and punctuation in double quotes (``Title,'' ..)
+% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter, just as in InBook
+% jtit-x,%: Title is ignored
+% inproceedings-chapter,%: produce pages after chapter just as in InBook
+% article-booktitle,%: format booktitle
+% article-series,%: article can has series
+% jttl-rm,%: Journal name normal font
+% journal-address,%: Include address field (in parentheses) along with journal name
+% book-bt,%: Field `booktitle', or if absent field `title', is book title
+% thesis-title-o,%: Title is optional: no warning issued if empty
+% techreport-institution-par,%: format tech report institution like book publisher
+% vol-bf,%: Volume bold as {\bf vol}(num)
+% vnum-x,%: Journal vol, without number as 34
+% volp-com,%: Volume with comma as vol(num), ppp
+% jpg-1,%: Only start page number
+% book-editor-booktitle,%: Book permits empty author, produces title before editor in this case
+% inbook-editor-booktitle,%: Allow using both title/booktitle, both author/editor
+% bookaddress,%: Italic booktitle followed by bookaddress in roman
+% num-xser,%: Allows number without series and suppresses word "number"
+% number-cap,%: Capitalize word `number' as: "Number 123"
+% chapter-cap,%: Capitalize word `chapter' as: `Chapter 42'
+% series-number,%: Series number as: `Springer Lecture Notes No. 125'
+% numser-booktitle,%: After book title and conference address, and before editors
+% ser-vol,%: Series, vol. 23
+% ser-rm,%: format series roman , even when used with volume
+% volume-cap,%: Capitalize word `volume', as: `Volume 7 in Lecture Series'
+% ser-ed,%: Series and volume after booktitle and before editors
+% jnm-x,%: Space after journal name
+% pg-bk,book-chapter-pages,%: As chapter and page: chapter 42, page 345
+% pub-date,%: Publisher with address and date in parentheses (Oxford, 1994)
+% ay-empty-pub-parens-x,%: eliminate parentheses altogether if nothing inside
+% pre-pub,%: Publisher before volume, chapter, pages
+% pre-edn,%: Edition before publisher
+% pre-pub,pre-edn,%: Edition, publisher, volume, chapter, pages
+% isbn,%: Include ISBN for books, booklets, etc.
+% issn,%: Include ISSN for periodicals
+% doi-link,doi,%: Doi forms a link to the publication, anchored to the volume or title
+% edby,%: In booktitle, edited by .. (where .. is names)
+% blk-com,%: Comma between blocks
+% fin-endbibitem,%: Command at end instead of period
+% pp,%: `Page' abbreviated as p. or pp.
+% ed,%: `Editor' abbreviated as ed. or eds.
+% abr,%: Abbreviations of such words
+% ednx,%: `Edition' abbreviated as `ed'
+% ord,%: Numerical editions as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc
+% jabr,%: Abbreviated journal names
+% etal-it,%: Italic et al
+% revdata,eprint,url,url-blk,translation,%: Include REVTeX data fields collaboration, eid, eprint, archive, url, translation
+% SLACcitation,%: Produce SLACcitation field
+% numpages-x,%: Do not include numpages field
+% url,url-prefix-x,%: URL without prefix (default: `URL ')
+% bibinfo,%: Reference component tags like \bibinfo in the content of \bibitem
+% bibfield,%: Element tags like \bibfield in the content of \bibitem
+% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
+%,{%
+% }}
+%\generate{\file{aipnum4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
+%\endbatchfile
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% Between the two files \file{aipnum.dbj} and \file{aipauth.dbj},
+% the differences are limited:
+% \file{aipnum.dbj} has two lines lacking in \file{aipauth.dbj}:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% seq-no,%: Citation order (unsorted, like unsrt.bst)
+% nm-init,ed-au,%: Initials + surname (J. F. Smith)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% thus, the ``numbered citation'' bibliography is sorted by citation order, and
+% the names are give first inital, then last name.
+%
+% Likewise, \file{aipauth.dbj} has one line lacking in \file{aipnum.dbj}:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% nm-rev,%: Surname + comma + initials (Smith, J. F.)
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Thus, the ``author-year'' bibliography is sorted by author name, and
+% names are given last name first, followed by initials.
+%
+% We ensure that the journal substyle has the first word
+% in the matter by installing the (default) AIP code
+% later on (see Section~\ref{sec:aip-defaults}).
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\pre@bibdata}
+%
+% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\pre@bibdata{\jobname\bibdata@app}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsection}
+% We define the sectioning command to use when starting the bibliography
+% (we use \cmd\refname).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\refname{References}%
+\def\rtx@bibsection{%
+ \@ifx@empty\refname{%
+ \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The following line has been commented out:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \let\@hangfroms@section\@hang@froms
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
+ \@nobreaktrue
+ }%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibpreamble}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsep}
+% \begin{macro}{\newblock}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\bibpreamble\@empty
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \bibsep\z@\relax
+}%
+\def\newblock{\ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibfont}
+% We define the font switch that applies to the body of the bibliography.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \def\bibfont{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\footnotesize}%
+ \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \labelsep\z@
+ }%
+}%
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Index}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \c@secnumdepth-\maxdimen
+ \onecolumngrid@push
+ \section{\indexname}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem
+ \onecolumngrid@pop
+}{%
+}%
+%
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+%
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}
+%
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}
+%
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Typesize Processing}%
+% The formatting specification for the preprint option is:
+% Times Roman 12 pt, double spacing, with 1-inch margins on letter paper.
+% Paragraphs indented ``five spaces''.
+% Display math on standard indent, with equation number flush right in parenthesis, with subequations roman.
+%
+% That for reprint option is to format similar to the printed journal; with most journals
+% set (approximately analyzed) 10-point, 2-column grid, letter paper.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip10pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps10pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 10pt}%
+ \aipreprint
+}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip11pt\endcsname{\csname rtx@aip12pt\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aip12pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps12pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 12pt}%
+ \aippreprint
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\today}
+% Procedure \cmd\today\ is used in the article class, but not in
+% this document class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June%
+ \or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December%
+ \fi\space
+ \number\year
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{A. Running Title}
+% User-provided running title \cmd\@shorttitle\ to be set.
+%
+% \subsection{B. Equation numbering, figure and table numbering}
+% Equations can be numbered throughout, or by section, with appendix equations prepended by the appendix label.
+% Figures and tables are numbered throughout.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{C. Title}
+% Title page may break above abstract, within author list.
+% Title notes are signified by superior letter followed by right parenthesis.
+%
+% \subsection{D. Author footnote}
+% Set short line above these footnotes.
+%
+% \subsection{E. Author}
+% Class option \classoption{superscriptaddress} is standard.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \clo@superscriptaddress
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{F. Affiliations}
+% Set italic.
+%
+% \subsection{G. Received date}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{H. Abstract}
+% Single paragraph, no indent.
+%
+% \subsection{J. Lead Paragraph}
+% Set boldface, flush left before main text, single paragraph.
+% Separated from text by a short centered rule.
+%
+% \subsection{K. Headings}
+% Use labels: ROMAN, LETTER, arabic, letter.
+% Set ALLCAPS, boldface; Initial cap, boldface; Initial cap, bold-italic; Initial cap, italic.
+%
+% Theorem, proof title followed by colon. Follow author.
+%
+% \subsection{L. Text Footnotes}
+% Not permitted; use endnotes.
+%
+% \subsection{M. Citations and Bibliography}
+% Numerical \filename{aipnum.bst}, author-year \filename{aipauth.bst}, and numbered author-year \filename{aipnumauth.bst} are the available choices.
+% Numerical is standard, with all styles permitted in journal classes 3a and 4b.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{N. References}
+%
+% Article Title usage:
+%
+% Article title required in all journals with "unpublished", "to be published", "in press" and "submitted" refs.
+%
+% Exceptions:
+%
+% Journal classes 1a,1b,2,4a:
+%
+% Article title not allowed in published references, except in the case of "in press" or submitted" (see sample references below).
+%
+% Journal class 3a:
+%
+% Article title allowed but not required in author-year references (use must be consistent within a single manuscript).
+%
+% Journal class 3b:
+%
+% Article title required in all journal references and report references.
+%
+% Journal class 4b:
+%
+% Article title allowed in journal references in author-year mode.
+%
+% \subsection{O. Examples of Numerical References}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{P. References in Author-year mode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Q. Numbered Author-year References}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{R. Tables}
+% Placed within text (floated), labeled with Roman numeral.
+%
+% Table caption placed above table, followed by space,
+% two double lines, space, table column headings, space,
+% single line, table contents, two double lines.
+%
+% Footnotes labeled with superior lower-case letter, set below table contents.
+%
+% \subsection{S. Figures}
+% Placed within text (floated), labeled with arabic numbers.
+%
+% Caption set below figure. A citation to be set inline, not superscripted.
+%
+% \subsection{Society defaults}%
+%
+% After this society file is read in, we will process the
+% \cmd\@journal- and \cmd\@pointsize-specific code.
+% Here we define the defaults.
+%
+% We select \textbf{Chaos} as the default journal substyle, because it is
+% the most permissive in terms of bibliography and citation style,
+% and it is formatted in two column in the reprint style.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@journal@default{cha}%
+\def\@pointsize@default{12}%
+\@booleanfalse\pagerestrict@sw%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Journal-Specific Code}%
+%
+% For AIP journals, we supply code specific to JCP, POP, RSI, JAP, APL, CHA, POF, BMF, RSE, JMP.
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jcp}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipjcp{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jcp} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{pop}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aippop{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{pop} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{rsi}}%
+%A member of the journal class 1a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aiprsi{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{rsi} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jap}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 1b.
+%
+% No running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipjap{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 1b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jap} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{apl}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 2.
+%
+% No running title.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipapl{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 2 uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{apl} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{apm}}%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipapm{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{cha}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 3a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipcha{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Article titles are allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{cha} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{pof}}%
+%Sole member of the journal class 3b.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aippof{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 3b uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% Article titles are required, so we include them if available,
+% but if absent, we can do no more than make a warning in the \file{.blg}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+ \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{pof} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{bmf}}%
+% A member of the journal class 4a,
+% the Biomicrofluidics journal is single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipbmf{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% Journal is formatted in a single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{bmf} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{sd}}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipsd{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{cp}}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipcp{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw%
+% \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+% \@booleantrue\longbibliography@sw%
+% \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jor}}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipjor{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw%
+ \@booleantrue\twoside@sw\@mparswitchfalse%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{rse}}%
+%A member of the journal class 4a.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aiprse{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Journal class 4a uses the (superscript) numerical citation style by default.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{rse} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{jmp}}%
+% Sole member of the journal class 4b, Journal of Mathematical Physics is single column.
+% For an example of \env{itemize}, see JMP\_122901\_1 (48).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipjmp{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Article titles are allowed.
+% Journal is formatted in a single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@booleanfalse\aip@jtitx@sw
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw
+ \@booleantrue\onecolumn@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% End of \classoption{jmp} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{adv}}%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@aipadv{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+ \let\@runningtitle\@empty
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Establish AIP Defaults\label{sec:aip-defaults}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\footinbib@sw}
+% All AIP journals invoke the \classoption{footinbib} option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@booleantrue\footinbib@sw
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\place@bibnumber}
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
+% We install code that will
+% govern the style in which \cmd\cite\ commands are
+% formatted,
+% select the presentation for \cmd\bibitem s
+% and control the \BibTeX\ processing.
+%
+% Note that a journal substyle may override these settings.
+% Likewise, document preamble may itself invoke \cmd\bibpunct\ or \cmd\bibliographystyle,
+% thereby overriding these settings and those of the journal substyle.
+%
+% The numbered citations of \file{aipnum} and \file{aipauthnum}
+% are compatible with \classoption{footinbib} and
+% the compression and coalescing features of \classname{natbib},
+% while \file{aipauth}'s author-year citations are not.
+% Therefore, we de-select such options if we are selecting author-year citations.
+%
+% Note on \classname{natbib} presets:
+% \file{aipnum} and \file{aipauthnum} uses the Chicago \cmd\bibpunct\ style;
+% while \file{aipauth} uses that of Nature.
+%
+% Note on \cmd\NAT@mcite: if not using numerical citations, we set \cmd\NAT@mcite\
+% to a lower value, to turn off the mcite semantics of \classname{natbib}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\old@place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \authoryear@sw{%
+ \aip@jtitx@sw{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
+ }{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
+ }%
+ \authornum@sw{%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
+ \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
+ }{%
+ \bibhang10\p@
+ \bibpunct{(%)
+ }{%(
+ )}{; }{a}{,}{,}%
+ \@booleanfalse\footinbib@sw
+ \let\NAT@mcite\@ne
+ \let\NAT@sort\z@
+ \def\NAT@cmprs{\z@}%
+ \let\NAT@def@citea\rtx@def@citea
+ \let\NAT@def@citea@close\rtx@def@citea@close
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \aip@jtitx@sw{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipnum\substyle@post}%
+ }{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipnum\substyle@post}%
+ }%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
+ \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
+ }%
+}%
+\def\make@footnote@endnote{%
+ \footinbib@sw{%
+ \authoryear@sw{\authornum@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}{\false@sw}%
+ {}{%
+ \ltx@footnote@push
+ \def\thempfn{Note\thefootnote}%
+ \let\ltx@footmark\rev@citemark
+ \let\ltx@foottext\rev@endtext
+ \appdef\class@enddocumenthook{\auto@bib}%
+ \let\printendnotes\relax
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\aipreprint}%
+% We want to override \filename{aps10pt.rtx}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\aipreprint{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\aippreprint}%
+% We want to override \filename{aps12pt.rtx}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\aippreprint{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Fixing the bug for single author/affiliation}%
+% In case of single author/affiliation no need to produce the affiliation number after the author name.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+\xdef\t@talAU{0}% TeXSupport
+\def\frontmatter@author@produce@script{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@author@present\@author@present@script
+ \frontmatterverbose@sw{\typeout{\string\frontmatter@author@produce@script:}\say\@AAC@list\say\@AFF@list\say\@AFG@list}{}%
+ \let\AU@temp\@empty
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \let\AF@opr \@gobble
+ \def\AU@opr{\@author@count\@tempcnta}%
+ \def\CO@opr{\@collaboration@count\AU@temp\@tempcnta}%
+ \@AAC@list%
+ \xdef\t@talAU{\the\@tempcnta}% TeXSupport
+ \expandafter\CO@opr\@author@cleared
+ \begingroup
+ \frontmatter@authorformat
+ \let\AF@opr \@affilID@def
+ \let\AU@opr \@author@present
+ \def\CO@opr{\@collaboration@present\AU@temp}%
+ \set@listcomma@list\AU@temp
+ \@AAC@list
+ \unskip\unskip
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \frontmatter@above@affiliation@script
+ \let\AFF@opr \@affil@script
+ \@AFF@list
+ \frontmatter@footnote@produce
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\doauthor#1#2#3{% TeXSupport
+ \ignorespaces#1\unskip\@listcomma
+ \begingroup
+ \ifnum\t@talAU=1\else\ifnum\c@affil=\@ne\relax\else#3\fi\fi% TeXSupport
+ \@if@empty{#2}{\endgroup{}{}}{\endgroup{\ifnum\t@talAU=1\else\ifnum\c@affil=\@ne\relax\else\comma@space\fi\fi}{}\frontmatter@footnote{#2}}% TeXSupport
+ \space \@listand
+}%
+%%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{Page restriction for APL (currently deactivated)}}%
+% This macro was installed to calculate page-lenght for APL articles. Currently this option is deactivated.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%% XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX CURRENTLY DEACTIVATED XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
+%% To activate, please add "\@booleantrue\pagerestrict@sw" in the
+%% respective journal option
+%% XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
+%% Appended by Ms. Sehar Tahir (Aptara) for American Institute of Physics.
+%% To impose page restrictions for APL journal at MSP stage.
+%%
+%% HISTORY
+%% Revised page restriction to 4 pages: 05/10/2011
+%% Tweaked the page over length message: 31/10/2011
+\begingroup%
+ \catcode`P=12%
+ \catcode`T=12%
+ \lowercase{%
+ \def\x{\def\local@rem@pt##1.##2PT{##1.##2}}}%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\x%
+\def\local@strip@pt{\expandafter\local@rem@pt\the}%
+%%
+\DeclareOption{no-pagerestrict}{%
+ \@booleanfalse\pagerestrict@sw
+}%
+\appdef\rtx@require@packages{%
+\pagerestrict@sw{% For imposing page restrictions
+ \typeout{AIP Info: Appending Manuscript Pages caculations, 2011/05/30}%
+ % Default values
+ \def\page@allowed{4}% APL Article size limit
+ \def\text@ht@allowed{5324pt}% APL Total text height for allowed 4 pages
+ \def\page@calc@count{0}% APL Article size limit
+ % Message to authors
+ \def\msg@text{According to our initial programmatic calculations, your article may exceed APL page length restrictions. The estimated overlength is denoted by the red side bar. In order to avoid production delays, please adjust your text accordingly and replace your manuscript. To assist you with this process, please ensure that your figures, if any, are placed within the text and are the same size that you wish them to appear in the published article.}% Message to be displayed on the top of last page
+ \def\msg@runningtitle{% Message definition
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \@tempdimc\textwidth\advance\@tempdimc-11pt%
+ \vtop{\vspace*{-3pc}\fboxsep0pt\fboxrule.5pt\fbox{\fboxsep5pt\colorbox{grayten}{%
+ \vtop{\hsize\@tempdimc{{\reset@font\fontsize{9}{11}\def\baselinestretch{1}\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parfillskip0pt plus1fill\selectfont\msg@text\endgraf}}}}}}%
+ }{%
+ \@tempdimc\textwidth\advance\@tempdimc-7pt%
+ \vtop{\vspace*{-2.5pc}\fboxsep0pt\fboxrule.5pt\fbox{\fboxsep3pt\colorbox{grayten}{%
+ \vtop{\hsize\@tempdimc{{\reset@font\fontsize{8}{10}\def\baselinestretch{1}\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parfillskip0pt plus1fill\selectfont\msg@text\endgraf}}}}}}}%
+ }%
+ %
+ \RequirePackage{graphicx}%
+ \RequirePackage{color}%
+ \definecolor{grayten}{gray}{.80}%
+ %
+ % Taken from refcount.sty
+ \def\setrefcountdefault#1{\def\rc@default{#1}}%
+ \setrefcountdefault{0}%
+ %
+ \def\rc@cartwo#1#2#3\@nil{#2}%
+ \newcommand*{\rev@getpagerefnumber}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \rc@default
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\rc@cartwo
+ \csname r@#1\endcsname\rc@default\rc@default\@nil
+ \fi
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\rev@getrefnumber}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname r@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \rc@default
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@car
+ \csname r@#1\endcsname\@nil
+ \fi
+ }
+ % Count determined from \label{...}
+ \newcommand\calc@run@count[2][0]{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@#2}{\ifnum#1=\z@\@tempcnta\c@page\advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\else\@tempcnta\z@\fi}%
+ {\@tempcnta\rev@getpagerefnumber{#2}\relax}}%
+ %
+ % Taken from everypage.sty
+ \newif\iffloats@end\global\floats@endfalse
+ \newif\ifextra@rule\global\extra@rulefalse
+ %
+ \newcommand{\sc@everypage@hook}{}
+ \newcommand{\sc@thispage@hook}{}
+ \newcommand*{\AddEverypageHook}[1]{%
+ \g@addto@macro\sc@everypage@hook{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\AddThispageHook}[1]{%
+ \g@addto@macro\sc@thispage@hook{#1}}
+ \newcommand*{\sc@ep@init}{%
+ \let\sc@op@saved\@outputpage
+ \def\@outputpage{%
+ \sc@op@preamble
+ \sc@op@saved
+ \sc@op@postamble}}
+ \newcommand*{\sc@op@preamble}{%
+ \let\sc@begindvi\@begindvi
+ \def\@begindvi{%
+ \sc@everypage@hook
+ \sc@thispage@hook
+ \gdef\sc@thispage@hook{}
+ \sc@begindvi}}
+ \newcommand*{\sc@op@postamble}{%
+ \let\@begindvi\sc@begindvi}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\sc@ep@init}
+ % Taken from draftwatermark.sty
+ \newcommand\sc@colortext[1]{%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\@tempdimc}{-\paperheight}%
+ \put(\strip@pt\@tempdimb,\strip@pt\@tempdimc){%
+ \textcolor{red}{\rule{30pt}{#1}}
+ }}
+ % Calculating shift in red side-bar according to pages
+ \def\page@mark@shift{%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page}{}{%
+ \@tempdimc\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\csname page@mark\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb-\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \else%
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb-\csname page@mark\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \fi%
+ \advance\@tempdima\@tempdimb}}%
+ \newcommand\sc@wm@print[1]{\preprintsty@sw{%
+ \@tempdima\paperheight\advance\@tempdima-\textheight%
+ \divide\@tempdima by 2\advance\@tempdima-7pt\advance\@tempdima1in%
+ \floats@sw%
+ {\iffloats@end%
+ \@ifundefined{r@LastBibItem}{}%
+ {\ifnum\c@page<\rev@getpagerefnumber{LastBibItem}\relax%
+ \else%
+ \page@mark@shift
+ \fi}%
+ \else%
+ \@ifundefined{r@LastPage}{}%
+ {\ifnum\c@page=\rev@getpagerefnumber{LastPage}\relax%
+ \page@mark@shift
+ \fi}%
+ \fi}%
+ {\@ifundefined{r@EndText}{}%
+ {\ifnum\c@page<\rev@getpagerefnumber{EndText}\relax%
+ \else%
+ \page@mark@shift
+ \fi}}}%
+ {\@tempdima\paperheight\advance\@tempdima-\textheight%
+ \divide\@tempdima by 2\advance\@tempdima9pt\advance\@tempdima1in}%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox to \z@{%
+ \vskip-\@tempdima \moveleft 1in \vbox{%
+ \hbox to \z@{%
+ #1\hss}}\vss}
+ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+ \box\@tempboxa}%
+ % Printing the red side-bar
+ \AddEverypageHook{\def\special@paper{\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}%
+ \preprintsty@sw{% Preprint
+ \@ifundefined{page@mark\romannumeral\the\c@page}{}{%
+ \def\tempa{\csname page@mark\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname}%
+ \sc@wm@print{\sc@colortext{\tempa\relax}}%
+ %
+ \floats@sw{%
+ \iffloats@end\calc@run@count[1]{LastBibItem}\else\calc@run@count[1]{LastPage}\fi%
+ }{\ifextra@rule\calc@run@count[1]{LastPage}\else\calc@run@count[1]{EndText}\fi}%
+ \ifnum\c@page=\@tempcnta%
+ \ifdim\page@calc@count pt>\page@allowed pt\relax%
+ \def\@oddhead{\msg@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\msg@runningtitle}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi}}{% Reprint
+ \ifnum\c@page>\page@allowed%
+ \sc@wm@print{\sc@colortext{\textheight}}%
+ \calc@run@count[1]{LastPage}%
+ \ifnum\c@page=\@tempcnta%
+ \def\@oddhead{\msg@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\msg@runningtitle}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ }}%
+ %
+ % Print pages = 2*[(MSP Title portion height)/1.98] + (MSP Text height)/1.32 + (MSP Float height)/1.11
+ %
+ %
+ \@booleantrue\tally@box@size@sw % Activated to get hold of various dimensions
+ %
+ \newif\ifwrite@title\global\write@titletrue%
+ %
+ \newdimen\val@calc@dim% dimen used to translate MSP height to TSP height
+ \newdimen\make@title@dim% dimen storing height of maketitle portion
+ \newdimen\tsp@floatheight% dimen storing extra height for large floats
+ \newdimen\curr@figbox@ht% dimen storing current figure box height
+ \newdimen\curr@floatht%
+ \newdimen\curr@floatwidth%
+ \newdimen\curr@tot@float@ht%
+ \newdimen\curr@page@ht% dimen storing current page height
+ %
+ \newsavebox{\figbox}%
+ %
+ \def\name@fig{figure}%
+ \def\same@fig{none}%
+ \def\in@flt{none}%
+ \def\max@pg@ht{0}%
+ \def\ptm{ptm}%
+ %
+ \gdef\@restrict@error#1#2{%
+ \GenericError{%
+ \space\space\space\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces
+ }{%
+ LaTeX Error: #1%
+ }{%
+ A red side-bar will appear along the extra text on the PDF pages. Press `Enter' to continue.%
+ }{#2}%
+ }%
+ \preprintsty@sw{% For Preprint
+ % Adding Float height to the height of each page
+ \def\add@flt@pght{%
+ \@ifundefined{flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\c@page}{}%
+ {\@tempdimc\curr@page@ht\advance\@tempdimc\csname flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\textheight%
+ \global\curr@page@ht\textheight%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\curr@page@ht\csname flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\relax%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\curr@page@ht}}%
+ % Storing height of each page
+ \appdef\@outputpage@head{%
+ \floats@sw{%
+ \iffloats@end%
+ \@ifundefined{r@LastBibHt}%
+ {\add@flt@pght}
+ {\ifnum\c@page=\rev@getpagerefnumber{LastBibHt}\relax%
+ \@tempdima\rev@getrefnumber{LastBibHt}\relax%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}%
+ \else%
+ \add@flt@pght%
+ \fi}%
+ \else%
+ \add@flt@pght%
+ \fi%
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@EndText}%
+ {\expandafter\xdef\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\curr@page@ht}
+ }{\ifnum\c@page=\rev@getpagerefnumber{EndText}\relax%
+ \@tempdima\rev@getrefnumber{EndText}\relax%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\@tempdima}%
+ \else%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\curr@page@ht}%
+ \fi}%
+ }%
+ \global\curr@page@ht\z@%
+ }%
+ % Calculating and adding Maketitle portion size (ratio=1.98)
+ % Redefined
+ \def\show@box@size#1#2{%
+ % \show@box@size@sw{%
+ \begingroup
+ \setbox\z@\vbox{\unvcopy#2\hrule}%
+ \show@box@size@sw{%
+ \class@info{Show box size: #1^^J%
+ (\the\ht\z@\space X \the\wd\z@)
+ \the\c@page\space\space\the\pagegrid@cur\space\the\pagegrid@col
+ }}{}%
+ \global\advance\curr@page@ht\ht\z@%
+ \ifwrite@title%
+ \@ifundefined{r@FirstPage}{\@tempcnta\the\c@page}%
+ {\@tempcnta\rev@getpagerefnumber{FirstPage}\relax}%
+ \ifnum\c@page=\@tempcnta
+ \global\make@title@dim\ht\z@
+ \@tempdima\make@title@dim
+ \divide\@tempdima by 198\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ \global\write@titlefalse%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \endgroup
+ % }{}%
+ }%
+ % Calculating and adding Float portion size
+ % Redefined
+ \let\oldincludegraphics\includegraphics%
+ \def\includegraphics{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\two@includegraphics}{\one@includegraphics}}%
+ \def\one@includegraphics#1{\savebox{\figbox}{\oldincludegraphics{#1}}\oldincludegraphics{#1}%
+ \ifx\in@flt\name@fig%
+ \ifx\same@fig\name@fig%
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatwidth\advance\@tempdimc\wd\figbox%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\textwidth%
+ \ifdim\wd\figbox>\curr@floatwidth%
+ \global\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\ht\figbox>\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \global\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \global\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \global\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \gdef\same@fig{figure}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi}%
+ \def\two@includegraphics[#1]#2{\savebox{\figbox}{\oldincludegraphics[#1]{#2}}\oldincludegraphics[#1]{#2}%
+ \ifx\in@flt\name@fig%
+ \ifx\same@fig\name@fig%
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatwidth\advance\@tempdimc\wd\figbox%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\textwidth%
+ \ifdim\wd\figbox>\curr@floatwidth%
+ \global\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\ht\figbox>\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \global\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \global\curr@floatwidth\wd\figbox%
+ \global\curr@figbox@ht\ht\figbox%
+ \global\advance\curr@figbox@ht\dp\figbox%
+ \gdef\same@fig{figure}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi}%
+ % Redefined
+ \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\def\temp{#1}\ifx\temp\name@fig\gdef\in@flt{figure}\fi%
+ \@xfloat@prep
+ \@nameuse{fp@proc@#2}%
+ \floats@sw{\@xfloat@LaTeX{#1}[#2]}{\@xfloat@anchored{#1}[]}%
+ }%
+ % Autolabelling of floats to get their exact page placement
+ \appdef\@floatboxreset{%
+ \@ifundefined{float\romannumeral\the\c@page}%
+ {\expandafter\xdef\csname float\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\@ne}%
+ \xdef\flt@pg@label{float\romannumeral\the\c@page-\romannumeral\@ne}}%
+ {\@tempcnta=\csname float\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname\advance\@tempcnta\@ne%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname float\romannumeral\the\c@page\endcsname{\the\@tempcnta}%
+ \xdef\flt@pg@label{float\romannumeral\the\c@page-\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}}%
+ \label{\flt@pg@label}}%
+ % Defining a pagewise fix for TSP height whereever a float occurs
+ \def\tsp@float@fix{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@\flt@pg@label}{}%
+ {\@tempcnta=\rev@getpagerefnumber{\flt@pg@label}\relax%
+ \@ifundefined{flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\expandafter\xdef\csname flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimc}}%
+ {\advance\@tempdimc\csname flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimc}}}}%
+ %
+ \floats@sw{%
+ % Normal Floats
+ \appdef\check@currbox@count{%
+ \@ifnum{\count\@currbox>\z@}{%
+ % Float height calculation to be added in page height
+ \@tempdimb\ht\@currbox\advance\@tempdimb\dp\@currbox%
+ \@tempcnta=\rev@getpagerefnumber{\flt@pg@label}\relax%
+ \@ifundefined{flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\expandafter\xdef\csname flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimb}}%
+ {\advance\@tempdimb\csname flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname flt@on@page\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimb}}%
+ %
+ \ifx\@captype\name@fig%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>20.5pc%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>30pc% Everything added 2 times for calculating column width
+ \@tempdimc\ht\@currbox\advance\@tempdimc\dp\@currbox
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\@tempdimc%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \else%
+ \@tempdima\ht\@currbox\advance\@tempdima\dp\@currbox%
+ \advance\@tempdima-\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht-\@tempdima%
+ %
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\ht\@currbox%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\dp\@currbox%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight-\@tempdima%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \@tempdimc\ht\@currbox\advance\@tempdimc\dp\@currbox
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\@tempdimc%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ \gdef\in@flt{none}\gdef\same@fig{none}%
+ }{}}%
+ \def\total@float#1{%
+ \expandafter\let
+ \expandafter\@tempa
+ \csname fbox@\csname ftype@#1\endcsname\endcsname
+ \@ifnotrelax\@tempa{%
+ \@ifhbox\@tempa{%
+ \@tempdima\the\ht\@tempa\divide\@tempdima\@twopowertwo\@tempcnta\@tempdima
+ \@tempdimb\the\dp\@tempa\divide\@tempdimb\@twopowertwo\@tempcntb\@tempdimb
+ \class@info{Total #1: Column(\the\@tempcnta pt), Page(\the\@tempcntb pt)}%
+ \global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht\@tempcnta pt\global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht\@tempcntb pt
+ }{}%
+ }{}%
+ }%
+ }{
+ % End of document Floats
+ \def\strt@flt#1#2#3{\edef\flt@page{#1}\edef\flt@pgtot{#2}\edef\flt@pggoal{#3}}
+ % Redefined
+ \let\old@xfloat@anchored\@xfloat@anchored
+ \def\@xfloat@anchored#1[#2]{\old@xfloat@anchored#1[#2]%
+ \floatp@sw{}{\strt@flt{\the\c@page}{\the\pagetotal}{\the\pagegoal}\curr@floatht\pagetotal}}%
+ \appdef\end@float@anchored{%
+ \floatp@sw{%
+ \curr@floatht\pagetotal%
+ \ifx\@captype\name@fig%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>20.5pc%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>30pc%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \else%
+ \@tempdima\curr@floatht\advance\@tempdima-\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht-\@tempdima%
+ %
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight-\@tempdima%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ }{%
+ \ifnum\c@page=\flt@page%
+ \@tempdima\pagetotal\advance\@tempdima-\curr@floatht%
+ \global\curr@floatht\@tempdima%
+ \ifx\@captype\name@fig%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>20.5pc%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>30pc%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \else%
+ \@tempdimb\curr@floatht\advance\@tempdimb-\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht-\@tempdimb%
+ %
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight-\@tempdimb%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@figbox@ht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \ifx\@captype\name@fig%
+ \@tempdima\flt@pggoal\relax\advance\@tempdima-\flt@pgtot\relax
+ \ifdim\pagetotal>\@tempdima
+ \global\curr@floatht\@tempdima%
+ \else%
+ \global\curr@floatht\pagetotal%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \@tempdima\flt@pggoal\relax\advance\@tempdima-\flt@pgtot\relax
+ \advance\@tempdima\pagetotal%
+ \global\curr@floatht\@tempdima%
+ \fi%
+ \@tempcnta\c@page\advance\@tempcnta-\flt@page\relax%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne%
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>\z@\do
+ {\global\advance\curr@floatht\pagegoal%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne}
+ \fi%
+ \ifx\@captype\name@fig%
+ \ifdim\curr@floatwidth>20.5pc%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\tsp@floatheight\curr@floatht%
+ % Calculating equivalent TSP height of each figure
+ \@tempdimc\curr@floatht%
+ \tsp@float@fix%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ }%
+ \global\advance\curr@tot@float@ht\curr@floatht%
+ \gdef\in@flt{none}\gdef\same@fig{none}}%
+ }% floats
+ % Calculating and adding Text portion size
+ \def\no@dim@exceed{% TSP dimen should not exceed maxdimen
+ \ifx\f@family\ptm%
+ \@tempdimc13002.380952pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \else%
+ \@tempdimc12411.36322pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \fi%
+ \advance\@tempdimc-\val@calc@dim%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\@tempdimc%
+ \@tempcnta=\max@pg@ht\relax%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne%
+ \xdef\max@pg@ht{\the\@tempcnta}% Number of batches eq to maxdimen
+ \ifx\f@family\ptm%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim-13002.380952pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim-12411.36322pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ \else%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ \fi}%
+ \appdef\total@text{%
+ % Avoiding the \maxdimen error
+ % Divided the text height in batches of 16383pt (less than maxdimen)
+ \@tempcnta=\z@%
+ \@whilenum\@tempcntb>16383\relax%
+ \do{%
+ \advance\@tempcntb-16383\relax%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne%
+ }%
+ \xdef\max@pg@ht{\the\@tempcnta}% Number of batches eq to maxdimen
+ % Text height calculation
+ \@tempdima\the\@tempcntb pt
+ \advance\@tempdima-\make@title@dim%
+ % Main macro
+ \floats@sw{}{%
+ % Text height calculation for end of doc floats
+ \advance\@tempdima-\curr@tot@float@ht}%
+ % Storing value of available MSP text height for future reference
+ \@tempdimb\@tempdima%
+ % Text TSP ratio
+ \ifx\f@family\ptm% ratio=1.26
+ \divide\@tempdima by 126\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ \else% ratio=1.32
+ \divide\@tempdima by 132\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ \fi%
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ % Floats height and TSP ratio (ratio=1.11)
+ \@tempdima\curr@tot@float@ht%
+ \divide\@tempdima by 111\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ % Checking and adding the Float height dimen
+ \no@dim@exceed
+ %
+ \ifdim\tsp@floatheight>\z@
+ \@tempdima\tsp@floatheight%
+ \divide\@tempdima by 111\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ % Checking and adding the TSP Float height dimen
+ \no@dim@exceed
+ %
+ \fi%
+ % Extra Text height calculation
+ \@tempdima\val@calc@dim\advance\@tempdima-\text@ht@allowed\relax
+ \ifx\f@family\ptm% ratio=1.26
+ \divide\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 126\relax
+ \else% ratio=1.32
+ \divide\@tempdima by 100\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 132\relax
+ \fi%
+ % Adding extra batches of text (if required)
+ \@tempcntb=\max@pg@ht\relax
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@%
+ \@tempcnta16383\relax
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@tempcntb\relax
+ \typeout{AIP Info: Extra Typeset Text: \the\@tempdima+\the\@tempcnta pt}%
+ %
+ \@tempdimc\@tempdima%
+ \advance\@tempdimc-\@tempdimb%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\z@%
+ \global\extra@ruletrue\immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\global\string\extra@ruletrue}%
+ \else%
+ \advance\@tempdimc16383pt\relax
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\z@%
+ \global\extra@ruletrue\immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\global\string\extra@ruletrue}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@\typeout{AIP Info: Extra Typeset Text: \the\@tempdima}\fi%
+ \@tempdimc\@tempdima
+ \advance\@tempdimc-\@tempdimb%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimc>\z@%
+ \global\extra@ruletrue%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ % Rule calculation loop
+ % Modifying the rule height
+ \@tempcntb=\max@pg@ht\relax
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@
+ \loop\ifdim\@tempdima>\z@\else\do
+ \advance\@tempdima16383pt\relax
+ \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne
+ \repeat
+ \fi%
+ % Rule generation
+ % Set the count for loop
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@
+ % Resetting the value of loop count (\@tempcnta)
+ \ifextra@rule%
+ \calc@run@count{LastPage}%
+ \else%
+ \floats@sw{%
+ \iffloats@end\calc@run@count{LastBibItem}\else\calc@run@count{LastPage}\fi%
+ }{\calc@run@count{EndText}}%
+ \fi%
+ % Storing the value of Start of Loop run count
+ \ifextra@rule\xdef\loop@count{\rev@getpagerefnumber{LastBibItem}}\else\xdef\loop@count{\the\@tempcnta}\fi%
+ % Count of last page of rule
+ \def\rule@display{% Total rule dim(\@tempdima) > current page height (already known till here)
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<\loop@count\relax%
+ \@tempdimb\textheight%
+ \else%
+ \@tempdimb\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \fi%
+ }%
+ % Loop
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>\z@%
+ \do{%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}{}%
+ {\global\advance\@tempdima-\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@ % Rule spans complete page
+ % Fixing rule height w.r.t Float on the page
+ \@ifundefined{flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}{}%
+ {\global\advance\@tempdima-\csname flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\@tempdimb\z@}%
+ {\rule@display}%
+ \else% Rule dimen less than 0 after float fix
+ % Including maxdimens
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@%
+ \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne%
+ \advance\@tempdima16383pt\relax%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\@tempdimb\z@}%
+ {\ifdim\@tempdima>\z@%
+ \rule@display%
+ \else%
+ \divide\@tempdima by \tw@%
+ \@tempdimb\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima%
+ \@tempdima=\z@% Exiting the loop
+ \fi}%
+ \else%
+ \divide\@tempdima by \tw@%
+ \@tempdimb\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima%
+ \@tempdima=\z@% Exiting the loop
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\expandafter\string\xdef\expandafter\string\csname page@mark\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimb}}%
+ \fi%
+ \else% Rule length is less than page height
+ % Including maxdimens
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@%
+ \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne%
+ \advance\@tempdima16383pt\relax%
+ % Fixing rule height w.r.t Float on the page
+ \@ifundefined{flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}{}%
+ {\global\advance\@tempdima-\csname flt@ht@fix\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax}%
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>\z@%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\@tempdimb\z@}%
+ {\rule@display}%
+ \else%
+ \divide\@tempdima by \tw@%
+ \@tempdimb\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax%
+ \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima%
+ \@tempdima=\z@% Exiting the loop
+ \fi%
+ \else%
+ \@ifundefined{page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta}%
+ {\@tempdimb\z@}%
+ {\@tempdimb\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname\relax}%
+ \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\expandafter\string\xdef\expandafter\string\csname page@mark\romannumeral\the\@tempcnta\endcsname{\the\@tempdimb}}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \ifdim\@tempdimb>\z@\advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\else\@tempcnta=\z@\fi%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\@tempdima=\z@\fi%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ % Representing MSP text height in terms of TSP pages
+ \@tempdima\val@calc@dim
+ \divide\@tempdima by 6655\relax % in terms of textheight of TSP
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 10\relax
+ \divide\@tempdima by 2\relax
+ \global\val@calc@dim\@tempdima%
+ % If maxdimens
+ \@tempcnta=\max@pg@ht\relax
+ \@whilenum\@tempcnta>\z@
+ \do{%
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne
+ \ifx\f@family\ptm%
+ \@tempdima13002.380952pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \else%
+ \@tempdima12411.36322pt\relax % 16383pt represented in terms of TSP
+ \fi%
+ \divide\@tempdima by 6655\relax
+ \multiply\@tempdima by 10\relax
+ \divide\@tempdima by 2\relax
+ \global\advance\val@calc@dim\@tempdima
+ }%
+ \xdef\page@calc@count{\local@strip@pt\val@calc@dim}%
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\xdef\string\page@calc@count{\page@calc@count}}
+ \if@filesw%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: Typeset pages: \page@calc@count}%
+ \ifdim\val@calc@dim>\page@allowed pt\relax
+ \@restrict@error{Your text appears to exceed the APL page limit.^^JPlease reduce the length of your article to avoid publication delays}{AIP recommendation: Please reduce your article length.}
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ }% end \total@text
+ %
+ \prepdef\printfigures{\@booleantrue\lengthcheck@sw%
+ \floats@sw{}%
+ {\ifdim\pagetotal=\z@%
+ \@tempcntb=\the\c@page%
+ \loop%
+ \advance\@tempcntb\m@ne%
+ \ifdim\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcntb\endcsname>\z@\else\do%
+ \repeat%
+ \@bsphack%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{EndText}{{\csname page@height\romannumeral\the\@tempcntb\endcsname}{\the\@tempcntb}}}%
+ \@esphack%
+ \else%
+ \def\@currentlabel{\the\pagetotal}\label{EndText}%
+ \fi}}%
+ %
+ \floats@sw{\appdef\endNAT@thebibliography{%
+ \ifnum\c@figure=\z@%
+ \ifnum\c@table=\z@%
+ \global\floats@endtrue\immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\global\string\floats@endtrue}%
+ \def\@currentlabel{\the\pagetotal}\label{LastBibHt}%
+ \fi\fi}}{}
+ % end preprint
+ }{% For Reprint
+ \gappdef\class@enddocumenthook{%
+ \calc@run@count[1]{LastPage}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta>\page@allowed\relax
+ \@restrict@error{Your text appears to exceed the APL page limit.^^JPlease reduce the length of your article to avoid publication delays}{AIP recommendation: Please reduce your article length.}
+ \fi}%
+ }% reprint
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% End of \classoption{apl} pagerestriction code.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Style updates for \texttt{jmp} and \texttt{rse}}%
+%
+% JMP, BMF and RSE journal's to be as one column at Reprint stage
+%
+%\begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%% JMP, BMF and RSE journal's to be as one column at Reprint stage
+%%
+\def\jnl@rse{rse}%
+\def\jnl@jmp{jmp}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {%\ifx\@journal\jnl@jmp%
+ \onecolumn@sw{%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2013/07/30}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 60pt
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -17pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+ \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textwidth 33pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+}{}%
+% \fi% Curly brace
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Style updates for \texttt{bmf} and addition of new substyle \texttt{sd}}%
+%
+% BMF journal to match with final layout (textheight and other page setup dimensions).
+% Addition of new journal SD: Structural Dynamics.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%% BMF journal to match with final layout (textheight)
+%% Addition of new journals SD: Structural Dynamics
+%
+\def\jnl@bmf{bmf}%
+\def\jnl@sd{sd}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {%\ifx\@journal\jnl@bmf%
+ \newonecolumn@sw{%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2011/08/11}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 60pt
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -17pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt% 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+% \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textheight=54.5pc%
+ \textwidth 33pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+% \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \advance\leftskip2.5pc\relax
+ \advance\rightskip2.5pc\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}%
+% \fi
+}{}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Addition of new substyle \texttt{jor}}%
+%
+% Addition of new journal JOR: Journal of Rheology.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%% Journal of Rheology (jor)
+%%
+\def\jnl@jor{jor}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {\ifx\@journal\jnl@jor%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2013/10/24}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 60pt
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -17pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+ \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textwidth 33pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily%
+ \bfseries%
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%\raggedright%
+ \parskip\z@skip%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%\raggedright
+%\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+%\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+% \frontmatter@@indent
+% \sffamily
+%}%
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%%\raggedright
+%%\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractwidth{\textwidth}
+\def\abstractname{Synopsis}
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{%
+ \begingroup
+ \centering\large
+ {\bfseries\abstractname}
+ \par\vskip.25\baselineskip
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\old@refname%\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+%
+\def\ps@article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\sffamily\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\hfil\sffamily\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@make@capt@title#1#2{%
+ \@ifx@empty\float@link{\@firstofone}{\expandafter\href\expandafter{\float@link}}%
+ {{\bfseries#1}}\@caption@fignum@sep#2%
+}%
+\def\@caption@fignum@sep{{\bfseries.} }%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Addition of new substyle \texttt{cp}}%
+%
+% Addition of new journal AIP-CP: AIP Conference Proceedings.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%% AIP Conference Proceedings
+%%
+\def\jnl@cp{cp}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {\ifx\@journal\jnl@cp%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2013/10/30}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 0pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 60pt
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 0pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -29.5pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+ \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textwidth 39pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+%%
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\LARGE}% \Large
+%\sffamily%
+ \bfseries%
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%\raggedright%
+ \parskip\z@skip%
+}%
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%\raggedright
+%\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%%\raggedright
+%%\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{\small}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractwidth{\textwidth}
+\def\@keys@name{{\small\bfseries Keywords:} }%
+\def\@pacs@name{{\small\bfseries PACS:} }%
+\def\abstractname{Abstract.}
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{%
+ \begingroup
+% \centering\large
+ \small%
+ {\bfseries\abstractname}
+% \par\vskip.25\baselineskip
+ \endgroup
+}%
+%%
+\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+% \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+ \small%
+}%
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@PACS@format{%
+% \addvspace{11\p@}%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+% \parskip\z@skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@keys@format{%
+ \addvspace{11\p@}%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+%%
+\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \Large%
+% \sffamily
+ \vskip.5\baselineskip%
+}%
+%%
+%%
+\def\titleblock@produce{%
+ \begingroup
+ \ltx@footnote@pop
+ \def\@mpfn{mpfootnote}%
+ \def\thempfn{\thempfootnote}%
+ \c@mpfootnote\z@
+ \let\@makefnmark\frontmatter@makefnmark
+ \frontmatter@setup
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}\label{FirstPage}%
+ \frontmatter@title@produce
+ \groupauthors@sw{%
+ \frontmatter@author@produce@group
+ }{%
+ \frontmatter@author@produce@script
+ }%
+ \frontmatter@RRAPformat{%
+ \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@date}%
+ \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@received}%
+ \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@revised}%
+ \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@accepted}%
+ \expandafter\produce@RRAP\expandafter{\@published}%
+ }%
+ \frontmatter@abstract@produce
+ \@ifx@empty\@keywords{}{%
+ \@keywords@produce\@keywords
+ }%
+ \@ifx@empty\@pacs{}{%
+ \@pacs@produce\@pacs
+ }%
+ \par
+ \frontmatter@finalspace
+ \endgroup
+}%
+%%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\old@refname%\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+%%
+\def\ps@article{%
+% \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil{\leftmark}}%
+% \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr{\rightmark}\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+%%
+\def\@make@capt@title#1#2{%
+ \@ifx@empty\float@link{\@firstofone}{\expandafter\href\expandafter{\float@link}}%
+ {{\bfseries#1}}\@caption@fignum@sep#2%
+}%
+\def\@caption@fignum@sep{{\bfseries.} }%
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-0.8cm \@plus-1ex \@minus -.2ex}{0.5cm}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\centering}}% \sffamily\small
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-.8cm \@plus-1ex \@minus -.2ex}{.5cm}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\centering}}% \sffamily\small
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-.8cm \@plus-1ex \@minus -.2ex}{.5cm}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\itshape\centering}}% \sffamily\small
+%
+\def\BIBsection{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-0.8cm \@plus-1ex \@minus -.2ex}{0.5cm}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\centering}}% \sffamily\small
+\def\figurename{FIGURE}
+%%
+\newcommand\rtx@myciteonline[3]{%
+ \ifNAT@swa
+ \leavevmode
+ \unskip
+% \textsuperscript{\normalfont#1}% TeXSupport
+ \space[{\normalfont#1}]%
+ \if*#3*\else\ (#3)\fi
+ \else
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}%
+%%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \authoryear@sw{}{%
+ \def\NAT@cmprs{\z@}
+% \let\rtx@citesuper\rtx@mycitesuper%
+ \let\NAT@citesuper\rtx@myciteonline%\rtx@citesuper
+ \let\place@bibnumber\old@place@bibnumber
+ \gdef\place@bibnumber@online#1{{#1}.\hskip5pt}%
+ \let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@online
+ \def\NAT@spacechar{}%
+ \def\NAT@conj{and\ }%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{, }{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}% TeXSupport
+ }%
+}%
+%%
+ \def\rtx@mybibsection{%
+ \@ifx@empty\refname{%
+ \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\BIBsection\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
+ \@nobreaktrue
+ }%
+}%
+\let\bibsection\rtx@mybibsection%
+ \fi}
+%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{pof}}%
+% This macro modifies the reprint output of POF journal to single column.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%% POF journal to be one column at Reprint stage
+%%
+%% HISTORY
+%% Further corrected the text area and margins to closely match Print output: 23/04/2012
+\def\jnl@pof{pof}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {\ifx\@journal\jnl@pof%
+ \typeout{AIP Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2011/08/11}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 60pt
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -17pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+ \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textwidth 33pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+ \fi}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% End of \classoption{pof} code.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{AAPM: The Socity Journals Style (\texttt{mph} substyle)}
+%
+% The file \file{aapm.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
+% for applying the journal specific changes. User should use \texttt{[aapm,mph]}
+% for applying the required updates.
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*aapm>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\substyle@ext
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endinput
+ \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\else
+ \def\@tempa{}%
+ \expandafter\fi\@tempa
+ \class@info{RevTeX society AAPM selected}%
+\DeclareOption{mph}{\change@journal{mph}}%
+%%
+\@booleantrue\longbibliography@sw
+\@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+\def\@bibstyle{aapmrev\substyle@post}%
+\appdef\@bibdataout@rev{\@bibdataout@aapm}%
+\def\@bibdataout@aapm{%
+ \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
+ @CONTROL{%
+ aapm41Control%
+ \longbibliography@sw{%
+ ,pages="1",title="0"%
+ }{%
+ ,pages="0",title=""%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{aapm41Control}}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \lengthcheck@sw{%
+ \RequirePackage{times}%
+ \frenchspacing%
+ }{}%
+}
+\@booleantrue\preprintsty@sw
+\@booleantrue\showPACS@sw
+\@booleantrue\showKEYS@sw
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \ps@preprint
+ }{%
+ \ps@article
+ }%
+}%
+\def\ps@preprint{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\ps@article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@runningtitle{\@shorttitle}%
+\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
+ \let\wastwocol@sw\twocolumn@sw
+ \onecolumngrid
+ \newpage
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
+ \c@page\z@% article sets this to one not zero???
+}{%
+ \wastwocol@sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
+}%
+\let\@fnsymbol@latex\@fnsymbol
+\let\@fnsymbol\@alph
+\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\rightskip.14\hsize\relax}
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@postabstractspace{1\baselineskip}
+\def\frontmatter@finalspace{\addvspace{28\p@}}
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \@booleantrue\titlepage@sw
+ \let\section\section@preprintsty
+ \let\subsection\subsection@preprintsty
+ \let\subsubsection\subsubsection@preprintsty
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \preprintsty@sw{\@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax}%
+ {\@flushglue.14\hsize\relax}
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \sffamily
+}%
+\renewcommand*\email[1][Electronic mail: ]{\begingroup\sanitize@url\@email{#1}}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{\par\addvspace{6\p@}%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation{%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\small}%
+ \it
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@collaboration@above{%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@setup{%
+ \normalfont
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ \parskip\z@skip
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@below{\addvspace{7.5\p@}}%
+\def\@author@parskip{3\p@}%
+\@booleanfalse\altaffilletter@sw
+\def\frontmatter@makefnmark{%
+ \@textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont\@thefnmark%(
+ )%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorbelow{%
+\addvspace{3\p@}%
+}%
+\let\affil@cutoff\tw@
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{2\p@}%
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\advance\rightskip.14\hsize\relax}
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\punct@RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
+\def\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
+\def\frontmatter@PACS@format{%
+ \addvspace{11\p@}%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@keys@format{%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \samepage
+}%
+\def\ps@titlepage{%
+ \def\@oddhead{%
+ \@runningtitle
+ \hfill
+ \produce@preprints\@preprint
+ }%
+ \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+ \def\@oddfoot{%
+ \hb@xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
+ \hfil
+ \preprintsty@sw{\thepage}{}%
+ \quad\checkindate
+ \hfil
+ }%
+ \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+}%
+\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex@sw{Typeset by REV\TeX and AAPM}{}}%
+\def\produce@preprints#1{%
+ \preprint@sw{%
+ \vtop to \z@{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \small
+ \let\preprint\preprint@count
+ \count@\z@#1\@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
+ \hbox{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@hlist
+ #1\setbox\z@\lastbox
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@cr
+ \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
+ \par
+ \vss
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\preprint@cr#1{#1\cr}%
+\def\preprint@count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
+\def\preprint@hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
+\newenvironment{Lead@inParagraph}{%
+ \par
+ \bfseries
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}{%
+ \par
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\hfil}%
+}%
+\appdef\frontmatter@init{%
+ \let@environment{quotation@ltx}{quotation}%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{Lead@inParagraph}%
+}%
+\appdef\@startsection@hook{%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{quotation@ltx}%
+}%
+\def\secnums@rtx{%
+ \@ifxundefined\thepart{%
+ \def\thepart {\Roman{part}}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifxundefined\thesection{%
+ \def\thesection {\Roman{section}}%
+ \def\p@section {}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifxundefined\thesubsection{%
+ \def\thesubsection {\thesection.\Alph{subsection}}%
+ \def\p@subsection {}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifxundefined\thesubsubsection{%
+ \def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
+ \def\p@subsubsection {}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifxundefined\theparagraph{%
+ \def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\alph{paragraph}}%
+ \def\p@paragraph {}%
+ }{}%
+ \@ifxundefined\thesubparagraph{%
+ \def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
+ \def\p@subparagraph {}%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\hskip0.5em\relax}%
+\def\@hang@from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {1.5\baselineskip \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5\baselineskip}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+\def\@hangfroms@section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {1.5\baselineskip \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5\baselineskip}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12}
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {1.5\baselineskip \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5\baselineskip}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12}
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \itshape
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {paragraph}%
+ {4}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
+}%
+\def\subparagraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subparagraph}%
+ {5}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
+}%
+\def\section@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsubsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \itshape\bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\let\frontmatter@footnote@produce\frontmatter@footnote@produce@endnote
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+\def\ltxu@dotsep{4.5pt}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\def\tableofcontents{%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@munge}%
+ \print@toc{toc}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@restore}%
+}%
+\def\tocdepth@munge{%
+ \let\l@section@saved\l@section
+ \let\l@section\@gobble@tw@
+}%
+\def\@gobble@tw@#1#2{}%
+\def\tocdepth@restore{%
+ \let\l@section\l@section@saved
+}%
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \begingroup
+ \set@tocdim@pagenum{#2}%
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip\tocleft@pagenum plus 1fil\relax
+ \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
+ \large \bf %
+ \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
+ \hb@xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\z@}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z@skip
+ \par
+ \nobreak %
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
+\def\tocdim@min{5\p@}%
+\def\l@section{%
+ \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@f@section{%
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
+ \bf
+}%
+\def\l@subsection{%
+ \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@subsubsection{%
+ \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@paragraph#1#2{}%
+\def\l@subparagraph#1#2{}%
+\let\toc@pre\toc@pre@auto
+\let\toc@post\toc@post@auto
+\def\listoffigures{\print@toc{lof}}%
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\print@toc{lot}}%
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+\def\figurename{\textsc{Fig.}}
+\def\tablename{\textsc{Table}}
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \par
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \begingroup
+ \preprintsty@sw{\small}{\footnotesize}\rmfamily
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{%
+ \let\\\heading@cr
+ \@make@capt@title{#1}{#2}%
+ }%
+ \@ifdim{\wd\@tempboxa >\hsize}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \samepage
+ \flushing
+ \let\footnote\@footnotemark@gobble
+ \@make@capt@title{#1}{#2}\par
+ \endgroup
+ }{%
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+}%
+\def\@caption@fignum@sep{\nobreak\hskip.5em plus.2em\ignorespaces}%
+\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn@sw
+\def\table@hook{\preprintsty@sw{\small}{\footnotesize}}%
+\def\tableft@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\tabmid@skip@float{\@flushglue}%
+\def\tabright@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\array@row@pre@float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
+\def\array@row@pst@float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+ \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
+ \hb@xt@\leftskip{%
+ \hss\@makefnmark\ %
+ }%
+ #1%
+ \par
+}%
+\prepdef\appendix{%
+ \par
+ \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@appendix
+ \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@appendix#1#2#3{%
+ #1%
+ \@if@empty{#2}{%
+ #3%
+ }{%
+ #2\@if@empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfroms@appendix#1#2{%
+ #1#2%
+}%
+\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\pre@bibdata{\jobname\bibdata@app}%
+\def\refname{References}%
+\def\rtx@bibsection{%
+ \@ifx@empty\refname{%
+ \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
+ \@nobreaktrue
+ }%
+}%
+\let\bibpreamble\@empty
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \bibsep\z@\relax
+}%
+\def\newblock{\ }%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \def\bibfont{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\footnotesize}%
+ \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \labelsep\z@
+ }%
+}%
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+\newenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \c@secnumdepth-\maxdimen
+ \onecolumngrid@push
+ \section{\indexname}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem
+ \onecolumngrid@pop
+}{%
+}%
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aapm10pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps10pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 10pt}%
+ \aapmreprint
+}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aapm11pt\endcsname{\csname rtx@aapm12pt\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@aapm12pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps12pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 12pt}%
+ \aapmpreprint
+}%
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June%
+ \or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December%
+ \fi\space
+ \number\year
+}%
+\@booleantrue\groupauthors@sw
+\@booleanfalse\@affils@sw
+\@booleantrue\runinaddress@sw
+\def\@journal@default{mph}%
+\def\@pointsize@default{12}%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \def\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{12}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ plus2\p@ minus5\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI
+ }%
+ \def\small{%
+ \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{%
+ \leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ }%
+ }%
+ \def\Large{%
+ \@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{16pt}%
+ }%
+ \def\@listI{%
+ \leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep 4\p@ plus2\p@ minus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ plus2\p@ minus4\p@
+ \itemsep\z@
+ }%
+ \textheight = 694.0\p@
+ }%
+ }%
+\def\rtx@aapmmph{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw%
+ \input{fleqn.clo}%
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{fleqn}{amsmath}%
+ \AtBeginDocument{\mathindent12pt\relax}%
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
+ \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
+}%
+\@booleantrue\footinbib@sw
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \footinbib@sw{}{%
+ \class@warn{Citations are superscript numbers: footnotes must be endnotes; changing to that configuration}%
+ \@booleantrue\footinbib@sw
+ }%
+}%
+\def\present@bibnote#1#2{%
+ \item[%
+ \textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont%
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{frontmatter.#1}\hyper@anchorend}%
+ \begingroup%
+ \csname c@\@mpfn\endcsname#1\relax%
+ \frontmatter@thefootnote%
+ )\endgroup%
+ }%
+ ]#2\par%
+}%
+\def\make@footnote@endnote{%
+ \footinbib@sw{%
+ \ltx@footnote@push
+ \def\thempfn{Note\thefootnote}%
+ \let\ltx@footmark\rev@citemark
+ \let\ltx@foottext\rev@endtext
+ \appdef\class@enddocumenthook{\auto@bib}%
+ \let\printendnotes\relax
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\aapmreprint{%
+}%
+\def\aapmpreprint{%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</aapm>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+% \section{SOR: The Socity Journals Style (\texttt{jor} substyle)}
+%
+% The file \file{sor.rtx} is read in by the \classname{revtex4} document class
+% for applying the journal specific changes. User should use \texttt{[sor,jor]}
+% for applying the required updates.
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*sor>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Protect this file from being read in by anything but \revtex.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\substyle@ext
+ \def\@tempa{%
+ \endinput
+ \GenericWarning{I must be read in by REVTeX! (Bailing out)}%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\else
+ \def\@tempa{}%
+ \expandafter\fi\@tempa
+ \class@info{RevTeX society AIP selected}%
+%%
+\DeclareOption{jor}{\change@journal{jor}}%
+\def\adv{AIP Advances}%
+\def\ao{Appl.\ Opt.}%
+\def\ap{Appl.\ Phys.}%
+\def\apl{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\apm{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.\ Mater.}%
+\def\apj{Astrophys.\ J.}%
+\def\bell{Bell Syst.\ Tech.\ J.}%
+\def\bmf{Biomicrofluidics}%
+\def\cha{Chaos}%
+\def\jqe{IEEE J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
+\def\assp{IEEE Trans.\ Acoust.\ Speech Signal Process.}%
+\def\aprop{IEEE Trans.\ Antennas Propag.}%
+\def\mtt{IEEE Trans.\ Microwave Theory Tech.}%
+\def\iovs{Invest.\ Ophthalmol.\ Vis.\ Sci.}%
+\def\jcp{J.\ Chem.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jap{J.\Appl.\Phys.}%
+\def\jmp{j.\Math.\Phys.}%
+\def\jmo{J.\ Mod.\ Opt.}%
+\def\josa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.}%
+\def\josaa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ A}%
+\def\josab{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ B}%
+\def\jpp{J.\ Phys.\ (Paris)}%
+\def\jpr{j.\Phys.\Chem.\Ref.\Data}%
+\def\ltp{Low.\Temp.\Phys.}%
+\def\nat{Nature (London)}%
+\def\oc{Opt.\ Commun.}%
+\def\ol{Opt.\ Lett.}%
+\def\pl{Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\pop{Phys.\Plasmas}%
+\def\pof{Phys.\Fluids}%
+\def\pra{Phys.\ Rev.\ A}%
+\def\prb{Phys.\ Rev.\ B}%
+\def\prc{Phys.\ Rev.\ C}%
+\def\prd{Phys.\ Rev.\ D}%
+\def\pre{Phys.\ Rev.\ E}%
+\def\prl{Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.}%
+\def\rmp{Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.}%
+\def\rsi{Rev.\Sci.\Instrum.}%
+\def\rse{J. \Renewable Sustainable Energy}%
+\def\pspie{Proc.\ Soc.\ Photo-Opt.\ Instrum.\ Eng.}%
+\def\sjqe{Sov.\ J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
+\def\vr{Vision Res.}%
+\def\sd{Structural Dynamics}%
+\def\jor{J.\ Rheol.}%
+\def\cp{AIP\ Conference\ Proceedings}%
+%%
+\DeclareOption{author-numerical}{%
+ \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw
+ \@booleantrue\authornum@sw
+}%
+\DeclareOption{article-title}{%
+ \@booleanfalse\sor@jtitx@sw
+}%
+\@booleantrue \sor@jtitx@sw
+\@booleanfalse\authoryear@sw
+\@booleanfalse\authornum@sw
+\@booleanfalse\onecolumn@sw
+\@booleanfalse\newonecolumn@sw
+\appdef\@bibdataout@rev{\@bibdataout@sor}%
+\def\@bibdataout@sor{%
+ \immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
+ @CONTROL{%
+ sor41Control%% TeXSupport: aip
+ \longbibliography@sw{\true@sw}{\sor@jtitx@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}%
+ {%
+ ,pages="1",title="0"%
+ }{%
+ ,pages="0",title=""%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{sor41Control}}%% TeXSupport: aip
+ \fi
+}%
+\@booleantrue\preprintsty@sw
+\@booleantrue\showPACS@sw
+\@booleantrue\showKEYS@sw
+%% TeXSupport
+\let\old@refname\refname
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \ps@preprint
+ }{%
+ \ps@article
+ }%
+}%
+\def\ps@preprint{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\ps@article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@runningtitle{\@shorttitle}%
+\renewenvironment{titlepage}{%
+ \let\wastwocol@sw\twocolumn@sw
+ \onecolumngrid
+ \newpage
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}%
+ \c@page\z@% article sets this to one not zero???
+}{%
+ \wastwocol@sw{\twocolumngrid}{\newpage}%
+}%
+\let\@fnsymbol@latex\@fnsymbol
+\let\@fnsymbol\@alph
+\def\adjust@abstractwidth{%
+ \parindent1em\relax
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{%
+ \@booleantrue\titlepage@sw
+ \let\section\section@preprintsty
+ \let\subsection\subsection@preprintsty
+ \let\subsubsection\subsubsection@preprintsty
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \sffamily
+}%
+\renewcommand*\email[1][Electronic mail: ]{\begingroup\sanitize@url\@email{#1}}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affilgroup{%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation@script{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@above@affiliation{%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@affiliationfont{%
+ \frontmatter@@indent
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\small}%
+ \it
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@collaboration@above{%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@setup{%
+ \normalfont
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@above{\addvspace{6\p@}}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ \parskip\z@skip
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@title@below{\addvspace{3\p@}}%
+\def\@author@parskip{3\p@}%
+\@booleantrue\altaffilletter@sw
+\def\frontmatter@makefnmark{%
+ \@textsuperscript{%
+ \normalfont\@thefnmark%(
+ )%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@authorbelow{%
+\addvspace{3\p@}%
+}%
+\let\affil@cutoff\tw@
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \raggedright
+ \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\punct@RRAP{;\egroup\ \hbox\bgroup}%
+\def\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase#1#2{\expandafter\MakeTextUppercase}%
+\def\frontmatter@PACS@format{%
+ \addvspace{11\p@}%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \parskip\z@skip
+ \samepage
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@keys@format{%
+ \adjust@abstractwidth
+ \samepage
+}%
+\def\ps@titlepage{%
+ \def\@oddhead{%
+ \@runningtitle
+ \hfill
+ \produce@preprints\@preprint
+ }%
+ \let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+ \def\@oddfoot{%
+ \hb@xt@\z@{\byrevtex\hss}%
+ \hfil
+ \preprintsty@sw{\thepage}{}%
+ \quad\checkindate
+ \hfil
+ }%
+ \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
+}%
+\def\byrevtex{\byrevtex@sw{Typeset by REV\TeX and AIP}{}}%
+\def\produce@preprints#1{%
+ \preprint@sw{%
+ \vtop to \z@{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \small
+ \let\preprint\preprint@count
+ \count@\z@#1\@ifnum{\count@>\tw@}{%
+ \hbox{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@hlist
+ #1\setbox\z@\lastbox
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \let\preprint\preprint@cr
+ \halign{\hfil##\cr#1\crcr}%
+ \par
+ \vss
+ }%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\preprint@cr#1{#1\cr}%
+\def\preprint@count#1{\advance\count@\@ne}%
+\def\preprint@hlist#1{#1\hbox{, }}%
+\newenvironment{Lead@inParagraph}{%
+ \par
+ \bfseries
+ \@afterheading\@afterindentfalse
+}{%
+ \par
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\leaders\hrule\hfil\hfil}%
+}%
+\appdef\frontmatter@init{%
+ \let@environment{quotation@ltx}{quotation}%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{Lead@inParagraph}%
+}%
+\appdef\@startsection@hook{%
+ \let@environment{quotation}{quotation@ltx}%
+}%
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname.\quad}%
+\def\@hang@from#1#2#3{#1#2#3}%
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@section#1#2#3{\@hangfrom{#1#2}\MakeTextUppercase{#3}}%
+\def\@hangfroms@section#1#2{#1\MakeTextUppercase{#2}}%
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \small
+ \sffamily
+ \bfseries
+ \itshape
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {paragraph}%
+ {4}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}%
+}%
+\def\subparagraph{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subparagraph}%
+ {5}%
+ {\parindent}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}%
+}%
+\def\section@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}%
+ {1}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {0.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {0.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsection}%
+ {2}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\def\subsubsection@preprintsty{%
+ \@startsection
+ {subsubsection}%
+ {3}%
+ {\z@}%
+ {.8cm \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {.5cm}%
+ {%
+ \normalfont
+ \itshape\bfseries
+ \raggedright
+ }%
+}%
+\let\frontmatter@footnote@produce\frontmatter@footnote@produce@footnote
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+\def\ltxu@dotsep{4.5pt}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+\def\tableofcontents{%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@munge}%
+ \print@toc{toc}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\string\tocdepth@restore}%
+}%
+\def\tocdepth@munge{%
+ \let\l@section@saved\l@section
+ \let\l@section\@gobble@tw@
+}%
+\def\@gobble@tw@#1#2{}%
+\def\tocdepth@restore{%
+ \let\l@section\l@section@saved
+}%
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \begingroup
+ \set@tocdim@pagenum{#2}%
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip\tocleft@pagenum plus 1fil\relax
+ \skip@\parfillskip\parfillskip\z@
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus\p@}%
+ \large \bf %
+ \leavevmode\ignorespaces#1\unskip\nobreak\hskip\skip@
+ \hb@xt@\rightskip{\hfil\unhbox\z@}\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\z@skip
+ \par
+ \nobreak %
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\tocleft@{\z@}%
+\def\tocdim@min{5\p@}%
+\def\l@section{%
+ \l@@sections{}{section}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@f@section{%
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
+ \bf
+}%
+\def\l@subsection{%
+ \l@@sections{section}{subsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@subsubsection{%
+ \l@@sections{subsection}{subsubsection}% Implicit #3#4
+}%
+\def\l@paragraph#1#2{}%
+\def\l@subparagraph#1#2{}%
+\let\toc@pre\toc@pre@auto
+\let\toc@post\toc@post@auto
+\def\listoffigures{\print@toc{lof}}%
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\print@toc{lot}}%
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+\@booleanfalse\raggedcolumn@sw
+\def\tableft@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\tabmid@skip@float{\@flushglue}%
+\def\tabright@skip@float{\z@ plus\hsize}%
+\def\array@row@pre@float{\hline\hline\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}}%
+\def\array@row@pst@float{\noalign{\vskip\doublerulesep}\hline\hline}%
+\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \leftskip1em%
+ \parindent1em%
+ \noindent
+ \nobreak\hskip-\leftskip
+ \hb@xt@\leftskip{%
+ \hss\@makefnmark\ %
+ }%
+ #1%
+ \par
+}%
+\prepdef\appendix{%
+ \par
+ \let\@hangfrom@section\@hangfrom@appendix
+ \let\@sectioncntformat\@appendixcntformat
+}%
+\def\@hangfrom@appendix#1#2#3{%
+ #1%
+ \@if@empty{#2}{%
+ #3%
+ }{%
+ #2\@if@empty{#3}{}{:\ #3}%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\@hangfroms@appendix#1#2{%
+ #1#2%
+}%
+\def\@appendixcntformat#1{\appendixname\ \csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\pre@bibdata{\jobname\bibdata@app}%
+\def\refname{References}%
+\def\rtx@bibsection{%
+ \@ifx@empty\refname{%
+ \par\vspace{6\p@ plus 6\p@}%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\section\expandafter*\expandafter{\refname}%
+ \@nobreaktrue
+ }%
+}%
+\let\bibpreamble\@empty
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \bibsep\z@\relax
+}%
+\def\newblock{\ }%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \def\bibfont{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\footnotesize}%
+ \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \labelsep\z@
+ }%
+}%
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+\newenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \c@secnumdepth-\maxdimen
+ \onecolumngrid@push
+ \section{\indexname}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus.3\p@\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem
+ \onecolumngrid@pop
+}{%
+}%
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{20\p@}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@ \hspace*{30\p@}}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@sor10pt\endcsname{%% TeXSupport: aip
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps10pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 10pt}%
+ \sorreprint
+}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@sor11pt\endcsname{\csname rtx@sor12pt\endcsname}%
+\expandafter\def\csname rtx@sor12pt\endcsname{%
+ \let\@currname@class\@currname
+ \def\@currname{aps12pt\substyle@post}%
+ \class@info{Reading file \@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \input{\@currname.\substyle@ext}%
+ \let\@currname\@currname@class
+ \class@info{Overriding 12pt}%
+ \sorpreprint
+}%
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June%
+ \or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December%
+ \fi\space
+ \number\year
+}%
+ \clo@superscriptaddress
+\def\@journal@default{cha}%
+\def\@pointsize@default{12}%
+\@booleanfalse\pagerestrict@sw%
+%%
+\def\rtx@sorjor{%
+ \typeout{Using journal substyle \@journal.}%
+ \@booleantrue\authoryear@sw%
+ \@booleantrue\twoside@sw\@mparswitchfalse%
+}%
+%%
+\@booleantrue\footinbib@sw
+\let\old@place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber
+\let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \authoryear@sw{%
+ \sor@jtitx@sw{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
+ }{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{aipauth\substyle@post}%
+ }%
+ \authornum@sw{%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
+ \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
+ }{%
+ \bibhang10\p@
+ \bibpunct{(%)
+ }{%(
+ )}{; }{a}{,}{,}%
+ \@booleanfalse\footinbib@sw
+ \let\NAT@mcite\@ne
+ \let\NAT@sort\z@
+ \def\NAT@cmprs{\z@}%
+ \let\NAT@def@citea\rtx@def@citea
+ \let\NAT@def@citea@close\rtx@def@citea@close
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \sor@jtitx@sw{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{sornum\substyle@post}%
+ }{%
+ \def\@bibstyle{sornum\substyle@post}%
+ }%
+ \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
+ \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
+ }%
+}%
+\def\make@footnote@endnote{%
+ \footinbib@sw{%
+ \authoryear@sw{\authornum@sw{\false@sw}{\true@sw}}{\false@sw}%
+ {}{%
+ \ltx@footnote@push
+ \def\thempfn{Note\thefootnote}%
+ \let\ltx@footmark\rev@citemark
+ \let\ltx@foottext\rev@endtext
+ \appdef\class@enddocumenthook{\auto@bib}%
+ \let\printendnotes\relax
+ }%
+ }{}%
+}%
+\def\sorreprint{%
+}%
+\def\sorpreprint{%
+}%
+%%
+\xdef\t@talAU{0}% TeXSupport
+\def\frontmatter@author@produce@script{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@author@present\@author@present@script
+ \frontmatterverbose@sw{\typeout{\string\frontmatter@author@produce@script:}\say\@AAC@list\say\@AFF@list\say\@AFG@list}{}%
+ \let\AU@temp\@empty
+ \@tempcnta\z@
+ \let\AF@opr \@gobble
+ \def\AU@opr{\@author@count\@tempcnta}%
+ \def\CO@opr{\@collaboration@count\AU@temp\@tempcnta}%
+ \@AAC@list%
+ \xdef\t@talAU{\the\@tempcnta}% TeXSupport
+ \expandafter\CO@opr\@author@cleared
+ \begingroup
+ \frontmatter@authorformat
+ \let\AF@opr \@affilID@def
+ \let\AU@opr \@author@present
+ \def\CO@opr{\@collaboration@present\AU@temp}%
+ \set@listcomma@list\AU@temp
+ \@AAC@list
+ \unskip\unskip
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \begingroup
+ \frontmatter@above@affiliation@script
+ \let\AFF@opr \@affil@script
+ \@AFF@list
+ \frontmatter@footnote@produce
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\doauthor#1#2#3{% TeXSupport
+ \ignorespaces#1\unskip\@listcomma
+ \begingroup
+ \ifnum\t@talAU=1\else\ifnum\c@affil=\@ne\relax\else#3\fi\fi% TeXSupport
+ \@if@empty{#2}{\endgroup{}{}}{\endgroup{\ifnum\t@talAU=1\else\ifnum\c@affil=\@ne\relax\else\comma@space\fi\fi}{}\frontmatter@footnote{#2}}% TeXSupport
+ \space \@listand
+}%
+%%
+\appdef\rtx@require@packages{%
+%%
+%%
+%% Journal of Rheology (jor)
+%%
+\def\jnl@jor{jor}%
+\preprintsty@sw{}%
+ {\ifx\@journal\jnl@jor%
+ \typeout{SOR Info: \@journal\space journal style Single column, 2013/10/24}%
+ \@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw%
+ \appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \twoside@sw{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt%
+ \evensidemargin 28pt%
+ \marginparwidth 30pt%
+ }{%
+ \oddsidemargin 28pt
+ \evensidemargin 0pt
+ \marginparwidth 44pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ \marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin -17pt
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \headsep 25pt
+ \topskip 10pt
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \footskip 30pt
+ \textheight=53.5pc
+ \textwidth 33pc
+ \columnsep 10pt
+ \def\title@column#1{%
+ \minipagefootnote@init
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@footnotetext\frontmatter@footnotetext
+ \ltx@no@footnote
+ #1%
+ \endgroup
+ \minipagefootnote@foot
+ }%
+\def\frontmatter@title@format{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{\Large}%
+ \sffamily%
+ \bfseries%
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%% \raggedright%
+ \parskip\z@skip%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@@indent{%
+ \skip@\@flushglue
+ \@flushglue\z@ plus.3\hsize\relax
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%% \raggedright
+%% \advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \@flushglue\skip@
+}%
+%% \def\frontmatter@authorformat{%
+%% \frontmatter@@indent
+%% \sffamily
+%% }%
+\def\frontmatter@RRAP@format{%
+ \addvspace{5\p@}%
+ \small
+ \leftskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \rightskip0pt plus1fill%
+ \parindent\z@%
+%%\raggedright
+%%\advance\leftskip.5in\relax
+ \@totalleftmargin\leftskip
+ \everypar{%
+ \hbox\bgroup(\@gobble@leavemode@uppercase%)
+ }%
+ \def\par{%
+ \@ifvmode{}{%(
+ \unskip)\egroup\@@par
+ }%
+ }%
+}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractfont{}%
+\def\frontmatter@abstractwidth{\textwidth}
+\def\abstractname{Synopsis}
+\def\frontmatter@abstractheading{%
+ \begingroup
+ \centering\large
+ {\bfseries\abstractname}
+ \par\vskip.25\baselineskip
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\appdef\setup@hook{%
+ \preprintsty@sw{}{%
+ \let\refname\old@refname%\@empty
+ }%
+}%
+%
+\def\ps@article{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\let\\\heading@cr\sffamily\thepage\quad\checkindate\hfil\@runningtitle\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\let\\\heading@cr\hfil\sffamily\@runningtitle\hfil\checkindate\quad\thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble
+}%
+\def\@make@capt@title#1#2{%
+ \@ifx@empty\float@link{\@firstofone}{\expandafter\href\expandafter{\float@link}}%
+ {{\bfseries#1}}\@caption@fignum@sep#2%
+}%
+\def\@caption@fignum@sep{{\bfseries.} }%
+%%
+ \fi%
+}
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</sor>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \Finale
+% %Here ends the programmer's documentation.
+% \endinput
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxdocext.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxdocext.dtx
index ec2ccd8870f..04fdde98823 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxdocext.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxdocext.dtx
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ License
\keepsilent
\generate{%
%{ignore}
-% \usedir{tex/latex/revtex}%
+%\usedir{tex/latex/revtex}%
\file{ltxdocext.sty}{%
\from{ltxdocext.dtx}{package,kernel}%
}%
@@ -107,16 +107,16 @@ License
%</ignore>
% \fi
%
-% \GetFileInfo{ltxdocext.dtx}\CheckSum{941}
+% \GetFileInfo{ltxdocext.dtx}\CheckSum{955}
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
%<*ltxdocext>
%%% @LaTeX-file{
%%% filename = "ltxdocext.dtx",
-%%% version = "1.0",
-%%% date = "2008/08/13",
-%%% time = "11:23:00 GMT",
-%%% checksum = "929",
+%%% version = "1.0a",
+%%% date = "2018/12/26",
+%%% time = "17:10:03 GMT-5",
+%%% checksum = "955",
%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society.
%%% ",
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@ License
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{README} file,
+% The following references the \file{README-LTXDOCEXT} file,
% which contains basic information about this package.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{README}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{README}%
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-LTXDOCEXT}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-LTXDOCEXT}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ License
% typeset documentation.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<version>
- [2008/08/04 1.1b2 ltxdoc extensions package]% \fileversion
+ [2018/12/26/17:10:03 1.0a ltxdoc extensions package]% \fileversion
% \end{macrocode}
%
%
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ License
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{README} as required.
+% generating the \file{README-LTXDOCEXT} as required.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
@@ -250,9 +250,9 @@ License
\documentclass[draft]{ltxdoc}
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
-\fi
+%\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
+% \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
+%\fi
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxdocext
\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxdocext.gls ltxdocext.glo
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ License
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{README}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-LTXDOCEXT}
\title{%
Extensions to the \classname{ltxdoc} class%
\thanks{%
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ License
last revised \filedate.%
}%
\thanks{%
- Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2008 The American Physical Society
+ Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019 American Physical Society
}%
}%
\author{%
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ This file embodies the \classname{ltxdocext} package,
the implementation and its user documentation.
The distribution point for this work is
-\url{publish.aps.org/revtex},
+\url{journals.aps.org/revtex},
which contains prebuilt runtime files, documentation, and full source,
ready to add to a TDS-compliant \TeX\ installation.
@@ -406,6 +406,11 @@ Run \texttt{mktexlsr} on \file{$TEXMF/} (you may need root access).
Build and installation are now complete;
now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxutil\}} in your document preamble!
\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{Change Log}
+\changes{1.0a}{2018/12/12}{(MD) Updated name of README file and use standard fonts when typesetting}%
+
+
\end{filecontents*}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxfront.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxfront.dtx
index bfa322ea893..e90da4305aa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxfront.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxfront.dtx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
This is a generated file;
altering it directly is inadvisable;
instead, modify the original source file.
-See the URL in the file 00readme.tex.
+See the URL in the file README-LTXFRONT.tex.
License
You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ License
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{00readme} file,
+% The following references the \file{README-LTXFRONT} file,
% which contains basic information about this package.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{00readme}%
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-LTXFRONT.tex}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-LTXFRONT}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ License
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{latex ltxfront.dtx}}%
% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
% generates the readme and the documentation.
-%\begin{verbatim}00readme\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{verbatim}README-LTXFRONT\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex ltxfront.dtx}}%
% Typesetting the installer generates
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ ltxfront%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc|package|kernel>
%<version>
- [2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r frontmatter package (AO,DPC)]% \fileversion
+ [2018/12/26/17:08:09 4.2a frontmatter package (AO,DPC,MD)]% \fileversion
%</doc|package|kernel>
%<kernel&!package&!doc>}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ltxfront%
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{00readme} and sample document as needed.
+% generating the \file{README-LTXFRONT} and sample document as needed.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
@@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ ltxfront%
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\let\url\undefined
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
-\fi
+%\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
+% \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
+%\fi
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxfront
\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxfront.gls ltxfront.glo
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ ltxfront%
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-LTXFRONT.tex}
\title{%
A \LaTeX\ Package for\\the frontmatter and title page%
\thanks{%
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ltxfront%
last revised \filedate.%
}%
\thanks{%
- Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2009 The American Physical Society
+ Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019 American Physical Society
}%
}%
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ ltxfront%
%\iffalse
% For version number and date,
% search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
-% or see the end of the 00readme file.
+% or see the end of the README-LTXFRONT file.
%\fi
\maketitle
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ This file embodies the \classname{ltxfront} package,
the implementation and its user documentation.
The distribution point for this work is
-\url{http://publish.aps.org/revtex},
+\url{https://journals.aps.org/revtex},
which contains fully unpacked, prebuilt runtime files and documentation.
The \classname{ltxfront} package was commissioned by the American Physical Society
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Next typeset \file{ltxfront.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
along with
the sample document \file{ltxfront-test.tex}
-and the file \file{00readme}.
+and the file \file{README-LTXFRONT}.
Note: you will have to run \LaTeX, then
\file{makeindex} \texttt{-s gind.ist ltxfront.idx}, then
@@ -454,6 +454,7 @@ now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxfront\}} in your document preamble!
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) Interface \cs{set@footnotewidth} for determining the set width of footnotes}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) allow split after last line of footnote}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 572) Independent footnote counter for title block. Abstract footnote counter shared with body.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2018/12/12}{(MD) Updated name of README file and use standard fonts when typesetting}%
\end{filecontents*}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx
index 143cf162dde..aab749e9204 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxgrid.dtx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
This is a generated file;
altering it directly is inadvisable;
instead, modify the original source file.
-See the URL in the file 00readme.tex.
+See the URL in the file README-LTXGRID.tex.
License
You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ License
%<*package>
%%% @LaTeX-file{
%%% filename = "ltxgrid.dtx",
-%%% version = "4.1r",
-%%% date = "2010/07/25",
-%%% time = "20:33:00 UT-8",
+%%% version = "4.2a",
+%%% date = "2018/12/26",
+%%% time = "17:28:09 UT-5",
%%% checksum = "5462",
%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society.
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ License
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{00readme} file,
+% The following references the \file{README-LTXGRID} file,
% which contains basic information about this package.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{00readme}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{00readme}%
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-LTXGRID}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-LTXGRID}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ License
% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
% generates the readme and the installer.
%\begin{verbatim}
-%00readme ltxgrid.ins
+%README-LTXGRID ltxgrid.ins
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex ltxgrid.ins}}%
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ ltxgrid%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc|package|kernel>
%<version>
- [2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r page grid package (portions licensed from W. E. Baxter web at superscript.com)]% \fileversion
+ [2018/12/26/17:28:09 4.2a page grid package (portions licensed from W. E. Baxter web at superscript.com)]% \fileversion
%</doc|package|kernel>
%<kernel&!package&!doc>}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ ltxgrid%
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{00readme} as required.
+% generating the \file{.ins} installer and \file{README-LTXGRID} as required.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ ltxgrid%
\documentclass{ltxdoc}
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\ifx\package@font\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\RequirePackage
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter{%
- \csname package@font\endcsname
- }%
-\fi
+%\ifx\package@font\@undefined\else
+% \expandafter\expandafter
+% \expandafter\RequirePackage
+% \expandafter\expandafter
+% \expandafter{%
+% \csname package@font\endcsname
+% }%
+%\fi
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxgrid
\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxgrid.gls ltxgrid.glo
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ ltxgrid%
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{00readme}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-LTXGRID}
\title{%
A \LaTeX\ Package for changing the page grid and MVL%
\thanks{%
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ ltxgrid%
last revised \filedate.%
}%
\thanks{%
- Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2009 The American Physical Society
+ Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019 American Physical Society
}%
}%
\author{%
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ ltxgrid%
%\iffalse
% For version number and date,
% search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
-% or see the end of the 00readme file.
+% or see the end of the README-LTXGRID file.
%\fi
\maketitle
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ This file embodies the \classname{ltxgrid} package,
the implementation and its user documentation.
The distribution point for this work is
-\url{publish.aps.org/revtex},
+\url{journals.aps.org/revtex},
which contains the REV\TeX\ package, and includes source and documentation for this package.
The \classname{ltxgrid} package was commissioned by the American Physical Society
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ thereby generating the package file \file{ltxgrid.sty}.
\item
Now typeset \file{ltxgrid.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
-along with the file \file{00readme}.
+along with the file \file{README-LTXGRID}.
Note: you will have to run \LaTeX\ twice, then \file{makeindex}, then
\LaTeX\ again in order to obtain a valid index and table of contents.
@@ -452,6 +452,7 @@ now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxgrid\}} in your document preamble!
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) footnote rule is leaders, so that it may be removed by \cs{vsplit}; mechanism of \cs{kern} signals to indicate footnote height}%
\changes{4.1o}{2010/02/02}{(AO, 576) Allow \classname{lscape} to act on \cs{@outputbox} at the right time}%
\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 583) Provide setup code also for footnotes in a one-column document}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2018/12/12}{(MD) Updated name of README file and use standard fonts when typesetting}%
\end{filecontents*}
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxutil.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxutil.dtx
index 8281ee845c7..f23f3896b0a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxutil.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/ltxutil.dtx
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
This is a generated file;
altering it directly is inadvisable;
instead, modify the original source file.
-See the URL in the file 00readme.tex.
+See the URL in the file README-LTXUTIL.tex.
License
You may distribute this file under the conditions of the
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ License
%<*package>
%%% @LaTeX-file{
%%% filename = "ltxutil.dtx",
-%%% version = "4.1r",
-%%% date = "2010/07/25",
-%%% time = "20:33:00 UT-8",
-%%% checksum = "4094",
+%%% version = "4.2a",
+%%% date = "2018/12/26",
+%%% time = "16:53:27 UT-5",
+%%% checksum = "4291",
%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
-%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society.
+%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society. Minor changes by Mark Doyle for version 4.2a.
%%% ",
%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 1999, 2009 Arthur Ogawa,
%%% distributed under the terms of the
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ License
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{00readme} file,
+% The following references the \file{README-LTXUTIL} file,
% which contains basic information about this package.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset the programmer's documentation.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{00readme}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{00readme}%
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-LTXUTIL}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-LTXUTIL}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ License
% Typesetting the source file under pdflatex
% generates the readme and the documentation.
%\begin{verbatim}
-%00readme ltxutil.pdf
+%README-LTXUTIL ltxutil.pdf
%\end{verbatim}
%
% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex ltxutil.dtx}}%
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ ltxutil%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*doc|package|kernel>
%<version>
- [2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r utilities package (portions licensed from W. E. Baxter web at superscript.com)]% \fileversion
+ [2018/12/26/16:53:27 4.2a utilities package (portions licensed from W. E. Baxter web at superscript.com)]% \fileversion
%</doc|package|kernel>
%<kernel&!package&!doc>}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ ltxutil%
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{00readme} as required.
+% generating the \file{README-LTXUTIL} as required.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{doc} module itself,
@@ -259,9 +259,9 @@ ltxutil%
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\let\url\undefined
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
-\fi
+%\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
+% \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
+%\fi
\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs % makeindex -s gind.ist ltxutil
\RecordChanges % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltxutil.gls ltxutil.glo
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ ltxutil%
% begin the programmer's manual.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{00readme}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-LTXUTIL}
\title{%
A \LaTeX\ Package of utility macros%
\thanks{%
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ ltxutil%
last revised \filedate.%
}%
\thanks{%
- Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2009 The American Physical Society
+ Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019 American Physical Society
}%
}%
\author{%
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ ltxutil%
%\iffalse
% For version number and date,
% search on "\fileversion" in the .dtx file,
-% or see the end of the 00readme file.
+% or see the end of the README-LTXUTIL file.
%\fi
\maketitle
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ This file embodies the \classname{ltxutil} package,
the implementation and its user documentation.
The distribution point for this work is
-\url{publish.aps.org/revtex},
+\url{journals.aps.org/revtex},
which contains prebuilt runtime files, documentation, and full source,
ready to add to a TDS-compliant \TeX\ installation.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ then carry out the following steps:
Within an otherwise empty directory,
typeset \file{ltxutil.dtx} with \LaTeX\ or pdflatex;
you will obtain the typeset documentation you are now reading,
-along with the file \file{00readme}.
+along with the file \file{README-LTXUTIL}.
Note: you will have to run \LaTeX, then
\file{makeindex} \texttt{-s gind.ist ltxutil.idx}, then
@@ -449,7 +449,8 @@ now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxutil\}} in your document preamble!
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/02}{(AO, 571) allow split after last line of footnote}%
\changes{4.1n}{2010/01/06}{(AO, 572) title block footnotes numbered independently from body footnotes}%
\changes{4.1p}{2010/02/24}{(AO, 582) A patch of \classname{hyperref.sty} to provide backward compatibility to \TeX Live 2007's version 6.75r}%
-
+\changes{4.2a}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Use updated best practice to use https and doi.org}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2018/12/12}{(MD) Updated name of README file and use standard fonts when typesetting}%
\end{filecontents*}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4143,7 +4144,8 @@ now put a \cmd\usepackage\texttt{\{ltxutil\}} in your document preamble!
\providecommand \URL@prefix [0]{URL }%
\providecommand\doi[0]{\begingroup\@sanitize@url\@doi}%
\def\@doi#1{\endgroup\@@startlink{\doibase#1}doi:\discretionary {}{}{}#1\@@endlink }%
-\providecommand \doibase [0]{http://dx.doi.org/}%
+%changes{4.2a}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Use updated best practice to use https and doi.org}%
+\providecommand \doibase [0]{https://doi.org/}%
\providecommand \@sanitize@url[0]{\chardef\cat@space\the\catcode`\ \@sanitize\catcode`\ \cat@space}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-2.dtx
index 92df750df38..e47a99f8f91 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-1.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/revtex/revtex4-2.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment balanced on line 122
-% revtex4-1.dtx: package to typeset APS, AIP, OSA, ASA, etc. journal articles
-% Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.
-% http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
+% revtex4-2.dtx: package to typeset APS, AIP, SOR, ASA, etc. journal articles
+% Copyright (c) 2018 American Physical Society.
+% https://journals.aps.org/revtex/
% mailto:revtex@aps.org
%
% Disclaimer
@@ -19,25 +19,25 @@
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained";
% Current Maintainer of this work is Arthur Ogawa.
%
-% This work consists of the main source file revtex4-1.dtx
+% This work consists of the main source file revtex4-2.dtx
% and the derived files
-% revtex4.cls, revtex4.pdf
+% revtex4-2.cls, revtex4-2.pdf
% Distribution:
% CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/revtex/
%
% Unpacking:
-% tex revtex4-1.dtx
+% tex revtex4-2.dtx
%
% Documentation:
-% latex revtex4-1.dtx; ...
+% latex revtex4-2.dtx; ...
%
% Programm calls to get the documentation (example):
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-1.idx
-% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o revtex4-1.gls revtex4-1.glo
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
-% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-1.idx
-% pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx
+% pdflatex revtex4-2.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-2.idx
+% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o revtex4-2.gls revtex4-2.glo
+% pdflatex revtex4-2.dtx
+% makeindex -s gind.ist revtex4-2.idx
+% pdflatex revtex4-2.dtx
%
% Installation:
% TDS:bibtex/bst/revtex/
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
%</ignore>
%<*install>
%% This file will generate documentation and runtime files
-%% from revtex4-1.dtx when run through TeX.
+%% from revtex4-2.dtx when run through TeX.
\input docstrip
\preamble
@@ -71,33 +71,39 @@ For the version number, search on the string %FileInfo
Original version by David Carlisle
Modified by Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net)
-Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.
-http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/
-mailto:revtex4@aps.org
+Version (4.2a, unreleased)
+Modified by Aptara on behalf of American Physical Society and American Institute of Physics
-See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
+Version (4.2b)
+Modified by Mark Doyle, American Physical Society (mailto:revtex at aps.org)
+
+Copyright (c) 2019 American Physical Society.
+https://journals.aps.org/revtex/
+mailto:revtex@aps.org
+
+See the REVTeX 4.2 README-REVTEX file for restrictions and more information.
\endpreamble
\askforoverwritefalse
\keepsilent
\generate{%
- \file{revtex4-1.cls}{%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{kernel}%
+ \file{revtex4-2.cls}{%
+ \from{revtex4-2.dtx}{kernel}%
\from{ltxutil.dtx}{kernel}%
\from{ltxfront.dtx}{kernel}%
\from{ltxgrid.dtx}{kernel}%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{options}%
+ \from{revtex4-2.dtx}{options}%
\from{ltxutil.dtx}{options}%
\from{ltxfront.dtx}{options}%
\from{ltxgrid.dtx}{options}%
- \from{revtex4-1.dtx}{package}%
+ \from{revtex4-2.dtx}{package}%
}%
- \file{aps4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{aps}}%
- \file{apsrmp4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{rmp}}%
- \file{aps10pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{10pt}}%
- \file{aps11pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{11pt}}%
- \file{aps12pt4-1.rtx}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{12pt}}%
- \file{revsymb4-1.sty}{\from{revtex4-1.dtx}{revsymb}}%
+ \file{aps4-2.rtx}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{aps}}%
+ \file{apsrmp4-2.rtx}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{rmp}}%
+ \file{aps10pt4-2.rtx}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{10pt}}%
+ \file{aps11pt4-2.rtx}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{11pt}}%
+ \file{aps12pt4-2.rtx}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{12pt}}%
+ \file{revsymb4-2.sty}{\from{revtex4-2.dtx}{revsymb}}%
}%
\ifToplevel{
\Msg{***********************************************************}
@@ -109,7 +115,7 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
\Msg{* texmf/tex/macros/latex/revtex/.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* To produce the documentation,
- run revtex4-1.dtx through LaTeX.}
+ run revtex4-2.dtx through LaTeX.}
\Msg{*}
\Msg{* Happy TeXing}
\Msg{***********************************************************}
@@ -121,45 +127,47 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
%</ignore>
% \fi
%
-% \GetFileInfo{revtex4-1.dtx}\CheckSum{7177}
+% \GetFileInfo{revtex4-2.dtx}
+% \CheckSum{6584}
%
+% \StopEventually{}
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
%<*package>
%%% @LaTeX-file{
-%%% filename = "revtex4-1.dtx",
-%%% version = "4.1r",
-%%% date = "2010/07/25",
-%%% time = "20:33:00 UT-8",
-%%% checksum = "7177",
-%%% author = "Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
+%%% filename = "revtex4-2.dtx",
+%%% version = "4.2b",
+%%% date = "2018/12/26",
+%%% time = "16:06:17 UT-5",
+%%% checksum = "6584",
+%%% author = "Mark Doyle (mailto: revtex at aps.org), Arthur Ogawa (mailto:arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net),
%%% commissioned by the American Physical Society.
%%% ",
-%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 1999, 2009 Arthur Ogawa,
+%%% copyright = "Copyright (C) 1999, 2009 Arthur Ogawa, Version 4.2 Copyright (C) 2019 American Physical Society
%%% distributed under the terms of the
%%% LaTeX Project Public License, see
%%% ftp://ctan.tug.org/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt
%%% ",
-%%% address = "Arthur Ogawa,
+%%% address = "Mark Doyle,
%%% USA",
%%% telephone = "",
%%% FAX = "",
-%%% email = "mailto colon arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal.net",
+%%% email = "mailto colon revtex at aps.org",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-%%% keywords = "latex, page grid, main vertical list",
+%%% keywords = "",
%%% supported = "yes",
-%%% abstract = "package to change page grid, MVL",
+%%% abstract = "",
%%% docstring = "The checksum field above generated by ltxdoc",
%%% }
%</package>
% \fi
%
% \iffalse ltxdoc klootch
-% The following references the \file{00readme.tex} file,
+% The following references the \file{README-REVTEX.tex} file,
% which contains the frontmatter for the programmer's docs.
% The contents of this file are generated when
% you typeset this file with LaTeX.
-% Search on "{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}" to locate it.
-% \fi\input{00readme.tex}%
+% Search on "{filecontents*}{README-REVTEX.tex}" to locate it.
+% \fi\input{README-REVTEX.tex}%
%
% \subsection{Bill of Materials}
%
@@ -169,18 +177,18 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
% \subsubsection{Primary Source}%
% One single file generates all.
%\begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4-1.dtx
+%revtex4-2.dtx
%\end{verbatim}
%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex revtex4-1.dtx}}%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{tex revtex4-2.dtx}}%
% Typesetting ths file under \TeX\ itself runs the installer,
% which generates the package files.
%\begin{verbatim}
-%revtex4-1.cls, revtex4.ins, revtex4.drv, aps4-1.rtx,
-%aps10pt4-1.rtx, aps11pt4-1.rtx, aps12pt4-1.rtx, revsymp.sty
+%revtex4-2.cls, revtex4.ins, revtex4.drv, aps4-2.rtx,
+%aps10pt4-2.rtx, aps11pt4-2.rtx, aps12pt4-2.rtx, revsymp.sty
%\end{verbatim}
%
-% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{pdflatex revtex4-1.dtx}}%
+% \subsubsection{Generated by \texttt{pdflatex revtex4-2.dtx}}%
% Typesetting the source file under \LaTeX\
% generates the documentation.
%\begin{verbatim}
@@ -210,19 +218,19 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
%<*doc|kernel|aps|rmp|revsymb>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/12/01]%
%</doc|kernel|aps|rmp|revsymb>
-%<kernel>\ProvidesClass{revtex4-1}
-%<aps>\ProvidesFile{aps4-1}
-%<rmp>\ProvidesFile{apsrmp4-1}
-%<10pt>\ProvidesFile{aps10pt4-1}
-%<11pt>\ProvidesFile{aps11pt4-1}
-%<12pt>\ProvidesFile{aps12pt4-1}
-%<revsymb>\ProvidesPackage{revsymb4-1}
+%<kernel>\ProvidesClass{revtex4-2}
+%<aps>\ProvidesFile{aps4-2}
+%<rmp>\ProvidesFile{apsrmp4-2}
+%<10pt>\ProvidesFile{aps10pt4-2}
+%<11pt>\ProvidesFile{aps11pt4-2}
+%<12pt>\ProvidesFile{aps12pt4-2}
+%<revsymb>\ProvidesPackage{revsymb4-2}
%<*doc>
-\ProvidesFile{revtex4-1.dtx}
+\ProvidesFile{revtex4-2.dtx}
%</doc>
%<*!package&!options>
%<version>
- [2010/07/25/20:33:00 4.1r (http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ for documentation)]% \fileversion
+ [2018/12/26/16:06:17 4.2b (https://journals.aps.org/revtex/ for documentation)]% \fileversion
%</!package&!options>
% \end{macrocode}
% The current class name is remembered in \cmd\class@name.
@@ -235,7 +243,7 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
%
% This module, consisting of the present section,
% typesets the programmer's documentation,
-% generating the \file{00readme.txt} and sample document as needed.
+% generating the \file{README-REVTEX.txt} and sample document as needed.
%
% Because the only uncommented-out lines of code at the beginning of
% this file constitute the \file{driver} module itself,
@@ -257,9 +265,6 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
\RequirePackage{ltxdocext}%
\let\url\undefined
\RequirePackage[colorlinks=true,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname package@font\endcsname\@undefined\else
- \expandafter\RequirePackage\expandafter{\csname package@font\endcsname}%
-\fi
% \end{macrocode}
% We ask for the usual indices and glossaries.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -282,24 +287,24 @@ See the REVTeX 4 README file for restrictions and more information.
% \subsection{The Frontmatter File}
% As promised above, here is the contents of the frontmatter file.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\begin{filecontents*}{00readme.tex}
+\begin{filecontents*}{README-REVTEX.tex}
\title{%
- The \classname{revtex4-1} document class of the American Physical Society%
- \protect\thanks{Work under hire to The American Physical Society.}%
+ The \classname{revtex4-2} document class of the American Physical Society%
+ \protect\thanks{Work under hire to American Physical Society. Version \fileversion\ \copyright\ 2019 American Physical Society}%
}%
-\author{Arthur Ogawa%
- \protect\thanks{First revision of REV\TeX4.0 (unreleased) by David Carlisle}%
+\author{Arthur Ogawa and Mark Doyle%
+ \protect\thanks{First revision of REV\TeX4.0 (unreleased) by David Carlisle, all released versions of 4.0 and 4.1 by Art Ogawa, 4.2a (unreleased) by Aptara, 4.2b by Mark Doyle}%
}%
\date{Version \fileversion, dated \filedate}%
\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}
\maketitle
-This file embodies the implementation of the APS \revtex\ 4.1 document class
+This file embodies the implementation of the APS \revtex\ 4.2 document class
for electronic submissions to journals.
The distribution point for this work is
-\url{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/},
+\url{https://journals.aps.org/revtex/},
which contains fully unpacked, prebuilt runtime files and documentation.
\tableofcontents
@@ -445,6 +450,18 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/01}{(AO, 586) When .bbl is pasted into the document, prevent automatic bibliography inclusion.}%
\changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
\changes{4.1r}{2010/06/22}{(AO, 595) Provide \cs{lovname} along with other List of Videos definitions.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2014/12/31}{(Aptara, MD) Added initial support for SOR and AAPM journals, additional journals for APS, and additional journals and proceedings for AIP, unreleased.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2014/12/31}{(Aptara) Make prb style to follow other Phys. Rev. journals.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2014/12/31}{(Aptara) Corrected indentation for tableofcontents appearing along with listoffigure/listoftable.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Make long bibliography style the default now.}%
+\changes{4.2a}{2017/11/28}{(MD) Add call to normalsize to be a good citizen and allow booktabs.sty to work properly}.%
+\changes{4.2b}{2018/12/26}{(MD) Make titles in bibliography default, prb style to follow other Phys. Rev. journals, add a unified physrev option as well as prx and prapplied options. Corrected indentation for tableofcontents appearing along with listoffigure/listoftable.}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Update options for new titles without "Special Topics" and make prper match style of other journal options}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Add options for new APS journals and a generic physrev option for future-proofing}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) Change default to not use a title page - it seems antiquated}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) MD - not sure why these parameters were different previously. Made them match except for title.}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) PACS are obsolete altogether now}%
+\changes{4.2b}{2018/12/26}{(MD) Improve control over display of e-print ids in bibliography.}%
\end{filecontents*}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -455,6 +472,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \cmd\DocInput\ directive---referring to this very file.
% This very cute self-reference is a common \classname{ltxdoc} idiom.
% \begin{macrocode}
+%%\newcommand\revtex{REV\TeX}% TeXSupport
\begin{document}%
\expandafter\DocInput\expandafter{\jobname.dtx}%
\PrintChanges
@@ -629,11 +647,12 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% Print a banner in the log:
% \begin{macrocode}
\GenericInfo{}{\space
- Copyright (c) 2009 The American Physical Society.^^J
+ Copyright (c) 2019 American Physical Society.^^J
mailto:revtex@aps.org^^J
Licensed under the LPPL:^^Jhttp://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt^^J
Arthur Ogawa <arthur_ogawa at sbcglobal dot net>^^J
Based on work by David Carlisle <david at dcarlisle.demon.co.uk>%
+ Version (4.2b): Modified by Mark Doyle^^J
\@gobble
}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -824,8 +843,8 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\ExecuteOptions{12pt}%
}%
\DeclareOption{reprint}{%
- \@booleanfalse\preprintsty@sw
- \@booleantrue\twocolumn@sw
+\@booleanfalse\preprintsty@sw
+\@booleantrue\twocolumn@sw
\ExecuteOptions{10pt}%
}%
\DeclareOption{manuscript}{%
@@ -1105,12 +1124,13 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% allows the user to explicitly select between them.
% \begin{macro}{\longbibliography@sw}
%
-% \revtex's default for \cmd\longbibliography@sw\ is \cmd\false@sw.
+%\changes{4.2a}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Make long bibliography style the default now.}
+% \revtex's default for \cmd\longbibliography@sw\ is \cmd\true@sw.
%
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{longbibliography}{\@booleantrue\longbibliography@sw}%
\DeclareOption{nolongbibliography}{\@booleanfalse\longbibliography@sw}%
-\@booleanfalse\longbibliography@sw
+\@booleantrue\longbibliography@sw
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -1177,7 +1197,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% changing the column grid: the \classname{ltxgrid} package.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw}%
-\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@booleantrue \twocolumn@sw}%
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@booleantrue\twocolumn@sw}%
\@booleanfalse\twocolumn@sw
% \end{macrocode}
% The column grid is determined by the state of the switch \cmd\twocolumn@sw
@@ -1946,7 +1966,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \begin{macro}{\@process@journal}
% \begin{macro}{\@process@pointsize}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\substyle@post{4-1}%
+\def\substyle@post{4-2}%
\def\substyle@ext{rtx}%
\DeclareOption*{\OptionNotUsed}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -3948,6 +3968,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/10}{(AO, 580) Provide a document class option to turn off production of eprint field in bibliography.}
% \changes{4.1o}{2010/02/12}{(AO, 580) Control .bst at run time.}%
% \changes{4.1q}{2010/04/13}{(AO, 588) Only write \revtex-specific BibTeX .bib data if the .bst style is set by REVTeX.}%
+%\changes{4.2b}{2018/12/26}{(MD) Improve control over display of e-print ids in bibliography.}%
% At \cmd\AtBeginDocument\ time, we open the job's \filename{.bib} file.
% The hook is available for use by a society to place its own @CONTROL record in the \cmd\@bibdataout\ stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -3959,22 +3980,22 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\immediate\write\@bibdataout{%
% \end{macrocode}
% The entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
-% The citation key (REVTEX41Control) is effectively a version number,
+% The citation key (REVTEX42Control) is effectively a version number,
% which the \filename{.bst} can use to interpret the bib entry.
% \begin{macrocode}
@CONTROL{%
- REVTEX41Control%
+ REVTEX42Control%
% \end{macrocode}
% Say if we want the \texttt{eprint} field disabled. Otherwise accept the default of the \filename{.bst}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \eprint@enable@sw{}{,eprint=""}%
+ \eprint@enable@sw{}{,eprint="1"}%
}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{REVTEX41Control}}%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{REVTEX42Control}}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4816,11 +4837,53 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% We read in the symbol definitions.
% \begin{macrocode}
\appdef\rtx@require@packages{%
- \RequirePackage{revsymb4-1}%
+ \RequirePackage{revsymb4-2}%
}%
\appdef\class@documenthook{\revsymb@inithook}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
+% \section{Corrected Indentation for \texttt{tableofcontents}}
+% \changes{4.2a}{2014/12/31}{(MD, Aptara) Make titles in bibliography default, prb style to follow other Phys. Rev. journals, add a unified physrev option as well as prx, prapplied, prmaterials, prfluids, prab, and prper options. Corrected indentation for tableofcontents appearing along with listoffigure/listoftable.}%
+%
+% Corrected indentation for \texttt{tableofcontents}, when appearing with \texttt{listoffigure} or \texttt{listoftable}.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+\def\@startflt#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ %\toc@pre
+ \makeatletter
+ \@input{\jobname.#1}%
+ \if@filesw
+ \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname
+ \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
+ \fi
+ \@nobreakfalse
+ %\toc@post
+ \endgroup
+}%
+\def\att@TOC{toc}%
+\def\print@toc#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\section
+ \expandafter*%
+ \expandafter{%
+ \csname#1name\endcsname
+ }%
+ \let\appendix\appendix@toc
+ \def\tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\tempa\att@TOC%%
+ \@starttoc{#1}%
+ \else%%
+ \@startflt{#1}%%
+ \fi%%
+ \endgroup
+}%
+%%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
% \section{Patches for lineno.sty}
%
% The \classname{lineno} package detects the case where the package has been loaded
@@ -5012,8 +5075,10 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% Any code that relies on the value of any of the \texttt{@sw} switches
% or will patch the code of one of the required packages
% should be executed here.
+%\changes{4.2a}{2017/11/28}{(MD) Add call to \normalsize to be a good citizen and allow booktabs.sty to work properly}
%
% \begin{macrocode}
+\appdef\setup@hook{\normalsize}%
\setup@hook
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -5036,9 +5101,9 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
}%
}%
{%
- \class@info{Beta software expires \rtx@fin@year-\rtx@fin@month-\rtx@fin@day; updates available at http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}%
+ \class@info{Beta software expires \rtx@fin@year-\rtx@fin@month-\rtx@fin@day; updates available at https://journals.aps.org/revtex/}%
}{%
- \class@warn{Outdated software expired \rtx@fin@year-\rtx@fin@month-\rtx@fin@day; please retrieve an update at http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}%
+ \class@warn{Outdated software expired \rtx@fin@year-\rtx@fin@month-\rtx@fin@day; please retrieve an update at https://journals.aps.org/revtex/}%
}%
}%
%</ignore>
@@ -5945,7 +6010,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \end{verbatim}
%
% We first define some text entities (amounting to journal abbreviations),
-% then some APS-specific initialisations,
+% then some APS-specific initializations,
% then code for particular APS journals.
% In the latter case, the choice is
% keyed off the macro \cmd\@journal.
@@ -5976,9 +6041,16 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\DeclareOption{prd}{\change@journal{prd}}%
\DeclareOption{pre}{\change@journal{pre}}%
\DeclareOption{prl}{\change@journal{prl}}%
-\DeclareOption{prstab}{\change@journal{prstab}}%
-\DeclareOption{prstper}{\change@journal{prstper}}%
+%\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Update options for new titles without "Special Topics" and make prper match style of other journal options}
+\DeclareOption{prab}{\change@journal{prab}}%
+\DeclareOption{prper}{\change@journal{prper}}%
\DeclareOption{rmp}{\change@journal{rmp}}%
+%\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/21}{(MD) Add options for new APS journals and a generic physrev option for future-proofing}
+\DeclareOption{prx}{\change@journal{prx}}%
+\DeclareOption{prapplied}{\change@journal{prapplied}}%
+\DeclareOption{prmaterials}{\change@journal{prmaterials}}%
+\DeclareOption{prfluids}{\change@journal{prfluids}}%
+\DeclareOption{physrev}{\change@journal{physrev}}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Abbreviations}%
@@ -5986,26 +6058,36 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% The following macros constitute typing shortcuts for
% certain journal names.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ao{Appl.\ Opt.}%
-\def\ap{Appl.\ Phys.}%
+\def\adv{AIP Advances}%
+\def\ao{Appl.\ Opt.}%
+\def\ap{Appl.\ Phys.}%
\def\apl{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\apm{Appl.\ Phys.\ Lett.\ Mater.}%
\def\apj{Astrophys.\ J.}%
\def\bell{Bell Syst.\ Tech.\ J.}%
+\def\bmf{Biomicrofluidics}%
+\def\cha{Chaos}%
\def\jqe{IEEE J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
\def\assp{IEEE Trans.\ Acoust.\ Speech Signal Process.}%
\def\aprop{IEEE Trans.\ Antennas Propag.}%
\def\mtt{IEEE Trans.\ Microwave Theory Tech.}%
\def\iovs{Invest.\ Ophthalmol.\ Vis.\ Sci.}%
\def\jcp{J.\ Chem.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jap{J.\ Appl.\ Phys.}%
+\def\jmp{J.\ Math.\ Phys.}%
\def\jmo{J.\ Mod.\ Opt.}%
\def\josa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.}%
\def\josaa{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ A}%
\def\josab{J.\ Opt.\ Soc.\ Am.\ B}%
\def\jpp{J.\ Phys.\ (Paris)}%
+\def\jpr{J.\ Phys.\ Chem.\ Ref.\ Data}%
+\def\ltp{Low.\ Temp.\ Phys.}%
\def\nat{Nature (London)}%
\def\oc{Opt.\ Commun.}%
\def\ol{Opt.\ Lett.}%
\def\pl{Phys.\ Lett.}%
+\def\pop{Phys.\ Plasmas}%
+\def\pof{Phys.\ Fluids}%
\def\pra{Phys.\ Rev.\ A}%
\def\prb{Phys.\ Rev.\ B}%
\def\prc{Phys.\ Rev.\ C}%
@@ -6013,9 +6095,14 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\def\pre{Phys.\ Rev.\ E}%
\def\prl{Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.}%
\def\rmp{Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.}%
+\def\rsi{Rev.\ Sci.\ Instrum.}%
+\def\rse{J.\ Renewable Sustainable Energy}%
\def\pspie{Proc.\ Soc.\ Photo-Opt.\ Instrum.\ Eng.}%
\def\sjqe{Sov.\ J.\ Quantum Electron.}%
\def\vr{Vision Res.}%
+\def\sd{Structural\ Dynamics}%
+\def\jor{J.\ Rheol.}%
+\def\cp{AIP\ Conference\ Proceedings}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{APS Setup}%
@@ -6149,13 +6236,14 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
+%\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) Change default to not use a title page - it seems antiquated}
% All APS journal preprints use separate titlepage and full-width abstract.
%
% In effect, we establish a society default value for \cmd\preprintsty@sw,
% and for \cmd\titlepage@sw.
% \begin{macrocode}
\@booleanfalse\preprintsty@sw
-\@booleantrue\titlepage@sw
+\@booleanfalse\titlepage@sw
% \end{macrocode}
%
% We choose the page style for all APS journals.
@@ -6950,7 +7038,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
%,{%
% }}
-%\generate{\file{apsrev4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
+%\generate{\file{apsrev4-2.bst}{\MBopts}}
%\endbatchfile
% \end{verbatim}
%
@@ -7171,9 +7259,12 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% This means that the various Booleans of Section~\ref{sec:options}
% may be assigned here only if they are still undefined at this point.
%
-% For the APS, we supply code specific to journals PRA, PRB, PRC, PRD, PRE, PRL, and RMP.
+% For the APS, we supply code specific to journals PRA, PRB, PRC, PRD, PRE, PRL, PRX, PRAPPLIED, PRMATERIALS, PRFLUIDS, PRAB (was PRSTAB), PRPER (was PRSTPER), and RMP.
% At present, they are identical,
-% with the exception of PRB and RMP.
+% with the exception of PRL and RMP.
+% We also introduce a new generic physrev style now that all of the Phys. Rev. journals
+% are identical
+% In 4.2, we make the inclusion of titles in the bibliography the default
%
% For most all of the APS journals, the journal-dependent
% code is relatively meager and is therefore embedded in this file.
@@ -7189,47 +7280,10 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsubsection{\classoption{prb}}%
-% We define a \cmd\citealp-like procedure that uses a numerical citation; it is for use in
-% the PRB journal.
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prb}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\rtx@apsprb{%
\class@info{APS journal PRB selected}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% PRB requires superscript citations.
-% We use Patrick Daly's \classname{natbib} package,
-% and hyperref and other packages are already set up to cope with this.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\bibpunct}
-% By default, PRB selects the \classoption{bibnotes} option.
-% We also set up for numerical citations.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\frontmatter@footnote@produce\frontmatter@footnote@produce@endnote
- \appdef\setup@hook{%
- \bibpunct{}{}{,}{s}{}{\textsuperscript{,}}%
- \let\onlinecite\rev@citealpnum
- }%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\pre@bibdata}
-% \begin{macro}{\@endnotetext}
-% \changes{4.1a}{2008/01/18}{(AO, 457) Endnotes to be sorted in with numerical citations.}%
-%
-% Set up to write endnotes to a .bib file; its data will be incorporated into the bibliography.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \def\pre@bibdata{\jobname\bibdata@app}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Invoke \classoption{superbib} option.
-% If the document makes a selection of its own, it will override this assignment.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \let\place@bibnumber\place@bibnumber@sup
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% End of \classoption{prb} code.
-% \begin{macrocode}
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -7355,37 +7409,62 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{per}}%
-% Here is code specific to \classoption{per}.
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prper}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prper}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@apsprstper{%
- \class@info{APS journal PRST-PER selected}%
+\def\rtx@apsprper{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRPER selected}%
+}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% To first order, PER is the same as PRB, with superscript citations.
%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prab}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prab}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \rtx@apsprb
+\def\rtx@apsprab{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRAB selected}%
+}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Per Mark Doyle (2009-12-22), the default is longbibliography.
-% \changes{4.1n}{2010/01/04}{(AO, 575) the default for journal prstper is longbibliography}%
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prx}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prx}.
% \begin{macrocode}
- \@booleantrue\longbibliography@sw
+\def\rtx@apsprx{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRX selected}%
+}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% ``Section heads are bold, centered (Roman numeral, Latin letter)''
-%
-% Article titles do not have surrounding double-quotes!
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prapplied}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prapplied}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@apsprapplied{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRApplied selected}%
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
%
-% End of \classoption{prb} code.
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prmaterials}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{prmaterials}.
% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@apsprmaterials{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRMaterials selected}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \subsubsection{\classoption{prstab}}%
-% There is no code specific to \classoption{prstab}.
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{prfluids}}%
+% PRFluids uses a one-column format for journal format, but if authors want this, they should use the onecolumn option and not the reprint option.
+% Parsing of documentclass options is rather involved and hard to control precisely enough to have the correct behavior using the reprint option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@apsprfluids{%
+ \class@info{APS journal PRFluids selected}%
+ \@booleanfalse\titlepage@sw
+}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{\classoption{physrev}}%
+% There is no code specific to \classoption{physrev}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\rtx@apsphysrev{%
+ \class@info{APS unified Physical Review journal style selected}%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtx@apsprstab{%
- \class@info{APS journal PRSTAB selected}%
}%
% \end{macrocode}
%
@@ -7420,12 +7499,19 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% An entry that controls processing of the \filename{.bst} file has entry type \texttt{@CONTROL}.
% \begin{macrocode}
@CONTROL{%
- apsrev41Control%
+ apsrev42Control%
% \end{macrocode}
-% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
+% Say whether we want long bibliography style (the default), or the abbreviated style.
+% \changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) MD - not sure why these parameters were different previously. Made them match except for title.}%
+% Use binary flags on control.* flags in bst file to set appropriate parameters
+% author = 08 corresponds to initials, jrnlst
+% editor = 1 corresponds to format identical to authors
+% title = 0 means to include title in journal references if present; title ="" means omit the title even if present (this should be the only difference between long and short bib styles)
+% year = 1 corresponds to truncate
+% page = 0 corresponds to using single page number rather than a range
% \begin{macrocode}
\longbibliography@sw{%
- ,author="00",editor="1",pages="1",title="0",year="0"%
+ ,author="08",editor="1",pages="0",title="0",year="1"%
}{%
,author="08",editor="1",pages="0",title="",year="1"%
}%
@@ -7435,7 +7521,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% Place a \cmd\citation\ into the auxiliary file corresponding to this entry.
% \begin{macrocode}
\if@filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{apsrev41Control}}%
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{apsrev42Control}}%
\fi
}%
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -7563,8 +7649,9 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
%
% \begin{macro}{\PACS@warn}
% Per Mark Doyle, RMP never displays the PACS, so they don't want the `use showpacs' warning spit out.
+%\changes{4.2b}{2017/11/22}{(MD) PACS are obsolete altogether now}%
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\PACS@warn{RMP documents do not display PACS. Your \string\pacs\space will be ignored}%
+\def\PACS@warn{RMP documents do not display PACS and PACS are obsolete. Your \string\pacs\space will be ignored}%
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
%
@@ -8070,7 +8157,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
% nfss,%: Use LaTeX commands which may not work with Plain TeX
%,{%
% }}
-%\generate{\file{apsrmp4-1.bst}{\MBopts}}
+%\generate{\file{apsrmp4-2.bst}{\MBopts}}
%\endbatchfile
% \end{verbatim}
%
@@ -8109,7 +8196,7 @@ The file \file{template.aps} is a boilerplate file.
\longbibliography@sw{%
,author="03",editor="0",pages="1",title="0",year="0"%
}{%
- ,author="0B",editor="0",pages="0",title="",year="1"%
+ ,author="0B",editor="0",pages="0",title="0",year="1"% TeXSupport
}%
}%
}%